TWI784029B - Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method, cured product, and display device - Google Patents

Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method, cured product, and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI784029B
TWI784029B TW107124456A TW107124456A TWI784029B TW I784029 B TWI784029 B TW I784029B TW 107124456 A TW107124456 A TW 107124456A TW 107124456 A TW107124456 A TW 107124456A TW I784029 B TWI784029 B TW I784029B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
meth
photosensitive composition
acrylate
mass
Prior art date
Application number
TW107124456A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201908347A (en
Inventor
片野彰
引田二郎
塩田大
Original Assignee
日商東京應化工業股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商東京應化工業股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商東京應化工業股份有限公司
Publication of TW201908347A publication Critical patent/TW201908347A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI784029B publication Critical patent/TWI784029B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J5/00Adhesive processes in general; Adhesive processes not provided for elsewhere, e.g. relating to primers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J2301/00Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J2301/40Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the presence of essential components
    • C09J2301/416Additional features of adhesives in the form of films or foils characterized by the presence of essential components use of irradiation

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
  • Indole Compounds (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)

Abstract

本發明提供一種感光性組合物、使用該感光性組合物之圖案形成方法、該感光性組合物之硬化物、包含上述感光性組合物之感光性接著劑、及使用上述感光性組合物之被接著物之接著方法,本發明之感光性組合物其透光性與對曝光之感度良好,藉由曝光可形成充分硬化之硬化物,並且於隔著半色調光罩進行曝光之情形時,不僅可使所形成圖案中之全色調曝光部與半色調曝光部之間存在充分之高度差,且可確保半色調曝光部具有充分之高度。 於本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑(A),組合使用於吸光光譜中在320 nm以上且未達400 nm之波長區域具有波峰、且該波峰之極大波長各不相同之2種以上之肟酯化合物,並且不使用於400 nm以上之波長區域中之任一波長下顯示10以上之克吸光係數之化合物。The present invention provides a photosensitive composition, a pattern forming method using the photosensitive composition, a cured product of the photosensitive composition, a photosensitive adhesive containing the above photosensitive composition, and a quilt using the above photosensitive composition. The method of bonding objects, the photosensitive composition of the present invention has good light transmittance and sensitivity to exposure, can form a fully cured hardened product by exposure, and when exposed through a half-tone mask, not only In the formed pattern, there is a sufficient height difference between the full-tone exposed part and the half-tone exposed part, and it is possible to ensure that the half-tone exposed part has a sufficient height. In the present invention, as the photopolymerization initiator (A), two or more kinds having peaks in the wavelength region of 320 nm to less than 400 nm in the absorption spectrum and having different maximum wavelengths are used in combination. Oxime ester compounds, and do not use compounds showing a gram absorption coefficient of 10 or more at any wavelength in the wavelength region above 400 nm.

Description

感光性組合物、圖案形成方法、硬化物、及顯示裝置Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method, cured product, and display device

本發明係關於一種感光性組合物、使用該感光性組合物之圖案形成方法、使用該感光性組合物所形成之硬化物、以及具備該硬化物之顯示裝置。The present invention relates to a photosensitive composition, a pattern forming method using the photosensitive composition, a cured product formed using the photosensitive composition, and a display device equipped with the cured product.

於如液晶顯示裝置之顯示裝置用面板中,如絕緣膜或間隔件之材料需效率良好地使自如背光源之光源發出之光透過。因此,使用藉由曝光而可成為透明之硬化膜之感光性組合物來形成絕緣膜或間隔件之圖案。藉由選擇性地對此種感光性組合物進行曝光,可形成透明之硬化膜之圖案。In a panel for a display device such as a liquid crystal display device, a material such as an insulating film or a spacer needs to efficiently transmit light emitted from a light source such as a backlight. Therefore, the pattern of an insulating film or a spacer is formed using the photosensitive composition which can become a transparent cured film by exposure. By selectively exposing such a photosensitive composition, a pattern of a transparent cured film can be formed.

又,於顯示裝置用面板中,亦多有形成黑矩陣或黑間隔柱等經圖案化之遮光性膜之情況。針對此種用途,業界亦提出有各種用於形成遮光性膜之包含遮光劑與光聚合起始劑之感光性組合物。 用於形成遮光性膜之感光性組合物中含有遮光劑,故要求光聚合起始劑具有更高感度。Moreover, in the panel for a display device, the patterned light-shielding film, such as a black matrix or a black spacer, is often formed. For this purpose, various photosensitive compositions including a sunscreen agent and a photopolymerization initiator for forming a light shielding film have been proposed in the industry. Since the photosensitive composition for forming a light-shielding film contains a light-shielding agent, a higher sensitivity of the photopolymerization initiator is required.

例如關於含有感度優異之光聚合起始劑之感光性組合物,業界提出有含有肟酯化合物作為光聚合起始劑之感光性組合物,該肟酯化合物包含9位經取代之茀環作為主骨架(參照專利文獻1)。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]For example, regarding a photosensitive composition containing a photopolymerization initiator with excellent sensitivity, the industry has proposed a photosensitive composition containing an oxime ester compound as a photopolymerization initiator. Skeleton (see Patent Document 1). [Prior Art Document] [Patent Document]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2016-218353號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2016-218353

[發明所欲解決之問題][Problem to be solved by the invention]

另外,於製造圖像顯示裝置用面板等時,有於與使用感光性組合物所形成之經圖案化之硬化膜鄰接之層上配置TFT等元件之情況。於該情形時,亦多有隔著半色調光罩進行曝光,考慮到元件高度而形成不同高度之圖案之情況。 然而,專利文獻1中記載之感光性組合物儘管感度優異,但於隔著半色調光罩進行曝光之情形時,有未必容易使所形成圖案中之全色調曝光部與半色調曝光部之間存在充分之高度差,並確保半色調曝光部具有充分之高度的問題。Moreover, when manufacturing the panel for image display apparatuses etc., elements, such as TFT, may be arrange|positioned on the layer adjacent to the patterned cured film formed using the photosensitive composition. In this case, exposure is performed through a halftone mask, and patterns of different heights are often formed in consideration of device height. However, although the photosensitive composition described in Patent Document 1 is excellent in sensitivity, when exposing through a half-tone mask, it may not be easy to make the difference between the full-tone exposed part and the half-tone exposed part in the pattern formed. There is a sufficient height difference, and there is a problem of securing a sufficient height of the halftone exposed portion.

本發明係鑒於上述課題而成者,目的在於提供一種感光性組合物、使用該感光性組合物之圖案形成方法、該感光性組合物之硬化物、包含上述感光性組合物之感光性接著劑、及使用上述感光性組合物之被接著物之接著方法,本發明之感光性組合物其透光性與對曝光之感度良好,藉由曝光可形成充分硬化之硬化物,並且於隔著半色調光罩進行曝光之情形時,不僅可使所形成圖案中之全色調曝光部與半色調曝光部之間存在充分之高度差,且可確保半色調曝光部具有充分之高度。 [解決問題之技術手段]The present invention was made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive composition, a pattern forming method using the photosensitive composition, a cured product of the photosensitive composition, and a photosensitive adhesive containing the photosensitive composition , and the bonding method of the adhered object using the above photosensitive composition, the photosensitive composition of the present invention has good light transmittance and sensitivity to exposure, and can form a fully cured hardened product by exposure, and can be separated by half When the tone mask is exposed, not only can there be a sufficient height difference between the full-tone exposed portion and the half-tone exposed portion in the formed pattern, but also the half-tone exposed portion can be ensured to have a sufficient height. [Technical means to solve the problem]

本發明者等人發現,於包含光聚合起始劑(A)之感光性組合物中,組合使用於吸光光譜中在320 nm以上且未達400 nm之波長區域具有波峰、且該波峰之極大波長各不相同之2種以上之肟酯化合物作為光聚合起始劑(A),並且使光聚合起始劑(A)不含有於400 nm以上之波長區域中之任一波長下顯示10以上之克吸光係數之化合物,藉此可解決上述課題,從而完成本發明。The inventors of the present invention found that, in the photosensitive composition containing the photopolymerization initiator (A), the combined use has a peak in the wavelength region of 320 nm or more and less than 400 nm in the absorption spectrum, and the peak is extremely large. Two or more oxime ester compounds with different wavelengths are used as the photopolymerization initiator (A), and the photopolymerization initiator (A) is not contained at any wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm or more to show 10 or more Compounds with a gram light absorption coefficient can solve the above-mentioned problems, thereby completing the present invention.

本發明之第1態樣係一種感光性組合物,其包含光聚合起始劑(A), 光聚合起始劑(A)包含2種以上之於吸光光譜中在320 nm以上且未達400 nm之波長區域具有波峰之肟酯化合物,並且 光聚合起始劑(A)不含有於400 nm以上之波長區域中之任一波長下顯示10以上之克吸光係數之化合物, 有關2種以上之肟酯化合物之波峰之極大波長各不相同。The first aspect of the present invention is a photosensitive composition, which contains a photopolymerization initiator (A), and the photopolymerization initiator (A) contains two or more kinds, and the absorption spectrum is more than 320 nm and less than 400 nm. An oxime ester compound having a peak in the wavelength region of nm, and the photopolymerization initiator (A) does not contain a compound showing a gram absorption coefficient of 10 or more at any wavelength in the wavelength region of 400 nm or more, and two or more The maximum wavelengths of the peaks of the oxime ester compounds are different.

本發明之第2態樣係一種硬化物形成方法,其包括: 使用第1態樣之感光性組合物形成塗膜;及 對塗膜進行曝光。A second aspect of the present invention is a method for forming a cured product, comprising: forming a coating film using the photosensitive composition of the first aspect; and exposing the coating film.

本發明之第3態樣係一種第1態樣之感光性組合物之硬化物。The third aspect of the present invention is a cured product of the photosensitive composition of the first aspect.

本發明之第4態樣係一種包含第1態樣之感光性組合物之感光性接著劑。A fourth aspect of the present invention is a photosensitive adhesive comprising the photosensitive composition of the first aspect.

本發明之第5態樣係一種被接著面之接著方法,其包括: 於對向之被接著面之一面或兩面形成包含第4態樣之感光性接著劑之接著劑層;及 藉由曝光使接著劑層硬化。 [發明之效果]The fifth aspect of the present invention is a bonding method of a bonded surface, which includes: forming an adhesive layer containing the photosensitive adhesive of the fourth aspect on one or both sides of the facing bonded surface; Harden the adhesive layer. [Effect of Invention]

根據本發明,可提供一種感光性組合物、使用該感光性組合物之圖案形成方法、該感光性組合物之硬化物、包含上述感光性組合物之感光性接著劑、及使用上述感光性組合物之被接著物之接著方法,本發明之感光性組合物其透光性與對曝光之感度良好,藉由曝光可形成充分硬化之硬化物,並且於隔著半色調光罩進行曝光之情形時,不僅可使所形成圖案中之全色調曝光部與半色調曝光部之間存在充分之高度差,且可確保半色調曝光部具有充分之高度。According to the present invention, there are provided a photosensitive composition, a pattern forming method using the photosensitive composition, a cured product of the photosensitive composition, a photosensitive adhesive containing the above photosensitive composition, and a photosensitive composition using the above photosensitive composition. The method of bonding objects to be bonded, the photosensitive composition of the present invention has good light transmittance and sensitivity to exposure, and can form a fully cured hardened object by exposure, and in the case of exposure through a half-tone mask In this case, not only can there be a sufficient height difference between the full-tone exposed portion and the half-tone exposed portion in the formed pattern, but also the half-tone exposed portion can be ensured to have a sufficient height.

≪感光性組合物≫ 本發明之感光性組合物包含光聚合起始劑(A)。 光聚合起始劑(A)包含2種以上之於吸光光譜中在320 nm以上且未達400 nm之波長區域具有波峰之肟酯化合物。 其中,有關2種以上之肟酯化合物之波峰之極大波長各不相同。 因此,於對上述感光性組合物進行曝光之情形時,容易充分利用曝光之光,感光性組合物感度優異。≪Photosensitive composition≫ The photosensitive composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator (A). The photopolymerization initiator (A) contains 2 or more types of oxime ester compounds which have a peak in the wavelength region of 320 nm or more and less than 400 nm in an absorption spectrum. Among them, the maximum wavelengths of the peaks related to two or more oxime ester compounds are different. Therefore, when exposing the said photosensitive composition, it becomes easy to make full use of the light of exposure, and the photosensitive composition is excellent in sensitivity.

於將有關2種以上之肟酯化合物之上述波峰之極大波長中之最長波長側之極大波長設為λmax-r 、最短波長側之極大波長設為λmax-b 之情形時,λmax-r 與λmax-b 之差較佳為20 nm以上。上限例如為70 nm以下,較佳為50 nm以下。 又,λmax-r 較佳為處於350 nm以上且400 nm以下之範圍,λmax-b 較佳為處於320 nm以上且360 nm以下之範圍。 於該情形時,即便於感光性組合物之曝光所採用之曝光之光之波長區域較寬之情況下,亦容易效率良好地將曝光之光之能量用於硬化,無論為何種光源,均容易實現良好之感度。In the case where the maximum wavelength on the longest wavelength side is λ max-r and the maximum wavelength on the shortest wavelength side is λ max-b among the maximum wavelengths of the above-mentioned peaks of two or more oxime ester compounds, λ max- The difference between r and λ max-b is preferably 20 nm or more. The upper limit is, for example, 70 nm or less, preferably 50 nm or less. Also, λ max-r is preferably in the range of 350 nm to 400 nm, and λ max-b is preferably in the range of 320 nm to 360 nm. In this case, even when the wavelength region of the exposure light used for exposing the photosensitive composition is wide, it is easy to efficiently use the energy of the exposure light for curing, regardless of the light source. Achieve good sensitivity.

又,光聚合起始劑(A)不含有於400 nm以上之波長區域中之任一波長下顯示10以上之克吸光係數之化合物。光聚合起始劑較佳為不含有於400 nm以上之波長區域中之任一波長下顯示5以上之克吸光係數之化合物,更佳為不含有顯示1以上之克吸光係數之化合物。 於光聚合起始劑(A)含有於400 nm以上之波長區域中之任一波長下顯示10以上之克吸光係數之化合物之情形時,存在感光性組合物之透光性較低之傾向。 因此,有作為感光性組合物之感度降低、或不易藉由半色調曝光形成具有所需高度之圖案之情況。 然而,上述感光性組合物由於光聚合起始劑(A)不含有於400 nm以上之波長區域中之任一波長下顯示10以上之克吸光係數之化合物,故而透光性優異。其結果,容易充分利用曝光之光,容易藉由半色調曝光形成具有所需高度之圖案。Moreover, the photoinitiator (A) does not contain the compound which shows the gram light absorption coefficient of 10 or more in any wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm or more. The photopolymerization initiator preferably does not contain a compound showing a gram absorption coefficient of 5 or more at any wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm or more, and more preferably does not contain a compound showing a gram absorption coefficient of 1 or more. When the photopolymerization initiator (A) contains a compound having a gram light absorption coefficient of 10 or more at any wavelength in the wavelength region of 400 nm or more, the light transmittance of the photosensitive composition tends to be low. For this reason, the sensitivity as a photosensitive composition falls, or it may become difficult to form a pattern with desired height by halftone exposure. However, since the said photosensitive composition does not contain the compound which shows the gram light absorption coefficient of 10 or more at any wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm or more in the photopolymerization initiator (A), it is excellent in translucency. As a result, it is easy to make full use of the exposure light, and it is easy to form a pattern with a desired height by halftone exposure.

又,於使用感光性組合物作為感光性接著劑之情形時,多會較厚地塗佈感光性接著劑。然而,如上所述,含有包含光聚合起始劑(A)之感光性組合物之感光性接著劑之透光性優異,因此即便較厚地塗佈,感光性接著劑亦可良好地硬化。Moreover, when using a photosensitive composition as a photosensitive adhesive agent, a photosensitive adhesive agent is apply|coated thickly in many cases. However, since the photosensitive adhesive agent containing the photosensitive composition containing a photoinitiator (A) is excellent in light transmittance as mentioned above, even if it coats thickly, a photosensitive adhesive agent can harden favorably.

又,於使用上述感光性組合物藉由半色調曝光而形成圖案之情形時,容易使所形成圖案中之全色調曝光部與半色調曝光部之間存在充分之高度差。Moreover, when forming a pattern by halftone exposure using the said photosensitive composition, it becomes easy to make sufficient height difference exist between the full tone exposure part and the halftone exposure part in the formed pattern.

如上所述,光聚合起始劑(A)組合地包含2種以上之光聚合起始劑。其中,如上所述,光聚合起始劑(A)必須包含2種以上之肟酯化合物。光聚合起始劑(A)所含之各光聚合起始劑之含量於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無特別限定。 各光聚合起始劑相對於光聚合起始劑(A)之質量而言之含量之比率較佳為1質量%以上,更佳為5質量%以上,進而較佳為10質量%以上,尤佳為20質量%以上。 又,各光聚合起始劑相對於光聚合起始劑(A)之質量而言之含量之比率較佳為99質量%以下,更佳為95質量%以下,進而較佳為90質量%以下,尤佳為80質量%以下。 又,具有λmax-r 之肟酯化合物相對於光聚合起始劑(A)之質量而言之含量之比率較佳為1質量%以上且99質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以上且95質量%以下,進而較佳為10質量%以上且90質量%以下,尤佳為15質量%以上且80質量%以下。 具有λmax-b 之肟酯化合物相對於光聚合起始劑(A)之質量而言之含量之比率較佳為1質量%以上且99質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以上且95質量%以下,進而較佳為10質量%以上且90質量%以下,尤佳為20質量%以上且85質量%以下。 於320 nm以上且未達400 nm之範圍內具有不相當於λmax-r 及λmax-b 之極大波長之其他肟酯起始劑相對於光聚合起始劑(A)之質量而言之含量之比率較佳為0質量%以上且98質量%以下,更佳為0質量%以上且90質量%以下,進而較佳為0質量%以上且80質量%以下,尤佳為0質量%以上且65質量%以下。 於光聚合起始劑(A)包含第1肟酯化合物與第2肟酯化合物之情形時,第1肟酯化合物之質量M1與第2肟酯化合物之質量M2之比率M1/M2較佳為1/9以上且9/1以下,更佳為2/8以上且8/2以下,尤佳為3/7以上且7/3以下。As mentioned above, a photoinitiator (A) contains 2 or more types of photoinitiators in combination. However, as mentioned above, a photoinitiator (A) must contain 2 or more types of oxime ester compounds. The content of each photoinitiator contained in a photoinitiator (A) is not specifically limited in the range which does not impair the object of this invention. The ratio of the content of each photopolymerization initiator to the mass of the photopolymerization initiator (A) is preferably at least 1% by mass, more preferably at least 5% by mass, still more preferably at least 10% by mass, especially Preferably, it is at least 20% by mass. In addition, the ratio of the content of each photopolymerization initiator to the mass of the photopolymerization initiator (A) is preferably at most 99% by mass, more preferably at most 95% by mass, still more preferably at most 90% by mass , preferably 80% by mass or less. Also, the ratio of the content of the oxime ester compound having λ max-r to the mass of the photopolymerization initiator (A) is preferably at least 1% by mass and at most 99% by mass, more preferably at least 5% by mass and 95 mass % or less, More preferably, it is 10 mass % or more and 90 mass % or less, Most preferably, it is 15 mass % or more and 80 mass % or less. The ratio of the content of the oxime ester compound having λ max-b to the mass of the photopolymerization initiator (A) is preferably from 1% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably from 5% by mass to 95% by mass % or less, more preferably 10 mass % or more and 90 mass % or less, particularly preferably 20 mass % or more and 85 mass % or less. Other oxime ester initiators having a maximum wavelength not equivalent to λ max-r and λ max-b in the range above 320 nm and less than 400 nm relative to the mass of the photopolymerization initiator (A) The ratio of the content is preferably from 0% by mass to 98% by mass, more preferably from 0% by mass to 90% by mass, still more preferably from 0% by mass to 80% by mass, particularly preferably at least 0% by mass And 65% by mass or less. When the photopolymerization initiator (A) includes the first oxime ester compound and the second oxime ester compound, the ratio M1/M2 of the mass M1 of the first oxime ester compound to the mass M2 of the second oxime ester compound is preferably 1/9 or more and 9/1 or less, more preferably 2/8 or more and 8/2 or less, particularly preferably 3/7 or more and 7/3 or less.

以下,對感光性組合物所含之各成分進行說明。Hereinafter, each component contained in a photosensitive composition is demonstrated.

<光聚合起始劑(A)> 如上所述,光聚合起始劑(A)包含2種以上之於吸光光譜中在320 nm以上且未達400 nm之波長區域具有波峰之肟酯化合物。 又,光聚合起始劑(A)不含有於400 nm以上之波長區域中之任一波長下顯示10以上之克吸光係數之化合物。<Photopolymerization initiator (A)> As mentioned above, a photopolymerization initiator (A) contains two or more oxime ester compounds which have a peak in the wavelength region of 320 nm or more and less than 400 nm in an absorption spectrum. Moreover, the photoinitiator (A) does not contain the compound which shows the gram light absorption coefficient of 10 or more in any wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm or more.

光聚合起始劑(A)亦可包含肟酯化合物以外之其他光聚合起始劑。光聚合起始劑(A)中之肟酯化合物之量較佳為50質量%以上,更佳為70質量%以上,進而較佳為80質量%以上,進而更佳為90質量%以上,尤佳為95質量%以上,最佳為100質量%。 於光聚合起始劑(A)包含肟酯化合物以外之其他光聚合起始劑之情形時,光聚合起始劑(A)可組合地包含2種以上之其他光聚合起始劑。The photoinitiator (A) may contain other photoinitiators other than the oxime ester compound. The amount of the oxime ester compound in the photopolymerization initiator (A) is preferably at least 50% by mass, more preferably at least 70% by mass, further preferably at least 80% by mass, still more preferably at least 90% by mass, especially More than 95% by mass is preferred, and 100% by mass is most preferred. When a photoinitiator (A) contains other photoinitiators other than an oxime ester compound, a photoinitiator (A) may contain 2 or more types of other photoinitiators in combination.

肟酯化合物以外之其他光聚合起始劑可使用周知之作為光聚合起始劑之於400 nm以上之波長區域中之任一波長下顯示10以上之克吸光係數之化合物。As another photopolymerization initiator other than the oxime ester compound, a compound having a gram absorption coefficient of 10 or more at any wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm or more that is known as a photopolymerization initiator can be used.

作為肟酯化合物以外之周知之光聚合起始劑之具體例,可列舉:1-羥基環己基苯基酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、1-[4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基]-2-羥基-2-甲基-1-丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-異丙基苯基)-2-羥基-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-十二烷基苯基)-2-羥基-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮、雙(4-二甲基胺基苯基)酮、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-𠰌啉基丙烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-𠰌啉基苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦、4-苯甲醯基-4'-甲基二甲硫醚、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸甲酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸丁酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸2-乙基己酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸2-異戊酯、苄基-β-甲氧基乙基縮醛、苯偶醯二甲基縮酮、鄰苯甲醯苯甲酸甲酯、2,4-二乙基-9-氧硫𠮿

Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
、2-氯9-氧硫𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
、2,4-二甲基-9-氧硫𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
、1-氯-4-丙氧基-9-氧硫𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
、硫𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
、2-氯硫𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
、2,4-二乙基硫𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
、2-甲基硫𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
、2-異丙基硫𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
、2-乙基蒽醌、八甲基蒽醌、1,2-苯并蒽醌、2,3-二苯基蒽醌、偶氮二異丁腈、過氧化苯甲醯、氫過氧化異丙苯、2-巰基苯并咪唑、2-巰基苯并㗁唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(鄰氯苯基)-4,5-二(甲氧基苯基)咪唑二聚物、2-(鄰氟苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(鄰甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2-(對甲氧基苯基)-4,5-二苯基咪唑二聚物、2,4,5-三芳基咪唑二聚物、二苯甲酮、2-氯二苯甲酮、4,4'-雙二甲基胺基二苯甲酮(即米其勒酮)、4,4'-雙二乙基胺基二苯甲酮(即乙基米其勒酮)、4,4'-二氯二苯甲酮、3,3-二甲基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、苯偶醯、安息香、安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、安息香正丁醚、安息香異丁醚、安息香丁醚、苯乙酮、2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、對二甲基苯乙酮、對二甲胺基苯丙酮、二氯苯乙酮、三氯苯乙酮、對第三丁基苯乙酮、對二甲胺基苯乙酮、對第三丁基三氯苯乙酮、對第三丁基二氯苯乙酮、α,α-二氯-4-苯氧基苯乙酮、9-氧硫𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
、2-甲基-9-氧硫𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
、2-異丙基-9-氧硫𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
、二苯并環庚酮、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸戊酯、9-苯基吖啶、1,7-雙-(9-吖啶基)庚烷、1,5-雙-(9-吖啶基)戊烷、1,3-雙-(9-吖啶基)丙烷、對甲氧基三𠯤、2,4,6-三(三氯甲基)均三𠯤、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三𠯤、2-[2-(5-甲基呋喃-2-基)乙烯基]-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三𠯤、2-[2-(呋喃-2-基)乙烯基]-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三𠯤、2-[2-(4-二乙基胺基-2-甲基苯基)乙烯基]-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三𠯤、2-[2-(3,4-二甲氧基苯基)乙烯基]-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三𠯤、2-(4-甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三𠯤、2-(4-乙氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三𠯤、2-(4-正丁氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)均三𠯤、2,4-雙-三氯甲基-6-(3-溴-4-甲氧基)苯基均三𠯤、2,4-雙-三氯甲基-6-(2-溴-4-甲氧基)苯基均三𠯤、2,4-雙-三氯甲基-6-(3-溴-4-甲氧基)苯乙烯基苯基均三𠯤、2,4-雙-三氯甲基-6-(2-溴-4-甲氧基)苯乙烯基苯基均三𠯤等。 其他光聚合起始劑可根據所測得之400 nm以上之波長區域中之克吸光係數,自該等化合物群中選擇。Specific examples of well-known photopolymerization initiators other than oxime ester compounds include: 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1- [4-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]-2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-propan-1-one, 1-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2- Methylpropan-1-one, 1-(4-dodecylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenyl Ethan-1-one, bis(4-dimethylaminophenyl) ketone, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-𠰌linylpropane-1- Ketone, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-alphalinylphenyl)-butan-1-one, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenyl Phosphine oxide, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyl dimethyl sulfide, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid, methyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4-dimethylaminobenzene Ethyl formate, butyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-ethylhexyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-isoamyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, benzyl- β-Methoxyethyl acetal, benzoyl dimethyl ketal, methyl phthalyl benzoate, 2,4-diethyl-9-oxothiophene
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
, 2-Chloro9-oxosulfur 𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
, 2,4-Dimethyl-9-oxosulfur 𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
, 1-Chloro-4-propoxy-9-oxosulfur
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
, sulfur 𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
, 2-chlorosulfur
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
, 2,4-Diethylsulfur 𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
, 2-Methylsulfur 𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
, 2-Isopropylthio 𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
, 2-ethylanthraquinone, octamethylanthraquinone, 1,2-benzoanthraquinone, 2,3-diphenylanthraquinone, azobisisobutyronitrile, benzoyl peroxide, isohydroperoxide Propylbenzene, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(o- Chlorophenyl)-4,5-bis(methoxyphenyl)imidazole dimer, 2-(o-fluorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(o-methoxy Phenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2,4,5-triaryl imidazole dimer benzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4,4'-bisdimethylaminobenzophenone (ie Micheler's ketone), 4,4'-bisdiethylaminodiphenone Benzophenone (i.e. ethyl michelerone), 4,4'-dichlorobenzophenone, 3,3-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzophenone, benzoyl, benzoin, benzoin Methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin n-butyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin butyl ether, acetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, p-dimethylacetophenone, p- Dimethylaminoacetophenone, dichloroacetophenone, trichloroacetophenone, p-tert-butylacetophenone, p-dimethylaminoacetophenone, p-tert-butyltrichloroacetophenone, p-th Tributyldichloroacetophenone, α,α-dichloro-4-phenoxyacetophenone, 9-oxothiophenone
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
, 2-methyl-9-oxosulfur
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
, 2-isopropyl-9-oxothio𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
, dibenzocycloheptanone, amyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 9-phenylacridine, 1,7-bis-(9-acridyl)heptane, 1,5-bis-( 9-acridinyl)pentane, 1,3-bis-(9-acridinyl)propane, p-methoxytrimethoxytrimethalone, 2,4,6-tris(trichloromethyl)serotonin, 2- Methyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)s-trimethanone, 2-[2-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)ethenyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)same Trisulphonium, 2-[2-(furan-2-yl)vinyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)strisalphatium, 2-[2-(4-diethylamino-2- Methylphenyl)vinyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)s-trimethanone, 2-[2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)vinyl]-4,6-bis (Trichloromethyl)-S-Trisyl, 2-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-S-Tri-G, 2-(4-Ethoxystyryl)- 4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-tri-tri-sulfone, 2-(4-n-butoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-tri-tri-methanium, 2,4-bis-tri- Chloromethyl-6-(3-bromo-4-methoxy)phenyl-tris-trimethalone, 2,4-bis-trichloromethyl-6-(2-bromo-4-methoxy)phenyl-s Trisulphur, 2,4-bis-trichloromethyl-6-(3-bromo-4-methoxy)styrylphenyl-s-tris-throne, 2,4-bis-trichloromethyl-6-( 2-Bromo-4-methoxy) styrylphenyl s-trimethanone, etc. Other photopolymerization initiators can be selected from these compound groups according to the measured gram light absorption coefficient in the wavelength region of 400 nm or more.

光聚合起始劑(A)中之複數種肟酯化合物之組合只要滿足有關光聚合起始劑(A)之上述條件,則並無特別限定。 作為肟酯化合物之較佳組合,可列舉下述式(a1)所表示之肟酯化合物(A1)與下述式(a2)所表示之肟酯化合物(A2)之組合。 光聚合起始劑(A)可包含1種或2種以上之肟酯化合物(A1)與1種或2種以上之肟酯化合物(A2)。 以下,對肟酯化合物(A1)與肟酯化合物(A2)進行說明。The combination of several types of oxime ester compounds in a photoinitiator (A) will not be specifically limited as long as it satisfies the said requirement regarding a photoinitiator (A). As a preferable combination of an oxime ester compound, the combination of the oxime ester compound (A1) represented by following formula (a1) and the oxime ester compound (A2) represented by following formula (a2) is mentioned. The photopolymerization initiator (A) may contain 1 type, or 2 or more types of oxime ester compounds (A1), and 1 type, or 2 or more types of oxime ester compounds (A2). Hereinafter, the oxime ester compound (A1) and the oxime ester compound (A2) are demonstrated.

[肟酯化合物(A1)] 肟酯化合物(A1)係以下述式(a1): [化1]

Figure 02_image001
(式(a1)中,R1 為1價有機基,R2 為可具有取代基之烴基、或可具有取代基之雜環基,R3 為1價有機基,R4 為1價有機基,R5 及R6 分別獨立為可具有取代基之苯環、或可具有取代基之萘環,m1、m2及m3分別為0或1) 表示,且滿足下述(1)~(3): (1) R1 包含-OR7 所表示之基,R7 為鹵烷基; (2) m2為1,R4 包含-OR7 所表示之基,R7 為鹵烷基; (3) R3 為可具有取代基之支鏈狀烷基; 中之至少一個條件之化合物。[Oxime ester compound (A1)] The oxime ester compound (A1) has the following formula (a1): [Chem. 1]
Figure 02_image001
(In formula (a1), R 1 is a monovalent organic group, R 2 is a hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, or a heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, R 3 is a monovalent organic group, R 4 is a monovalent organic group , R 5 and R 6 are each independently a benzene ring that may have a substituent, or a naphthalene ring that may have a substituent, m1, m2 and m3 are respectively 0 or 1), and satisfy the following (1)-(3) : (1) R 1 comprises a base represented by -OR 7 , R 7 is a haloalkyl group; (2) m2 is 1, R 4 comprises a base represented by -OR 7 , and R 7 is a haloalkyl group; (3) R 3 is a branched alkyl group which may have a substituent; and a compound of at least one condition.

式(a1)中,R5 及R6 為可具有取代基之苯環、或可具有取代基之萘環。 式(a1)中所示之包含鍵結於R3 上之氮原子之環與苯環或萘環藉由共有苯環或萘環中之任意之碳-碳鍵而縮合。 因此,式(a1)中之包含鍵結於R3 上之氮原子之環為以氮原子、源自R5 之2個碳原子、及源自R6 之2個碳原子作為成環原子之5員環。 即,式(a1)所表示之化合物具有包含R5 、R6 及上述5員環之3環式至5環式之縮合環作為中心骨架。In formula (a1), R 5 and R 6 are a benzene ring which may have a substituent, or a naphthalene ring which may have a substituent. The ring including the nitrogen atom bonded to R3 shown in formula (a1) is condensed with the benzene ring or naphthalene ring by sharing any carbon-carbon bond in the benzene ring or naphthalene ring. Therefore, the ring containing the nitrogen atom bonded to R in the formula (a1) is a nitrogen atom, 2 carbon atoms derived from R 5 , and 2 carbon atoms derived from R 6 as ring-forming atoms 5 member ring. That is, the compound represented by the formula (a1) has a 3- to 5-ring condensed ring including R 5 , R 6 and the above-mentioned 5-membered ring as a central skeleton.

於R5 及/或R6 為萘環之情形時,包含鍵結於R3 上之氮原子之上述5員環與萘環之縮合形態並無特別限定。 於R5 及R6 之至少一者為萘環之情形時,含有R5 、R6 及包含鍵結於R3 上之氮原子之上述5員環的縮合環可為以下之任意者。 [化2]

Figure 02_image003
When R 5 and/or R 6 are naphthalene rings, the condensation form of the above-mentioned 5-membered ring including the nitrogen atom bonded to R 3 and the naphthalene ring is not particularly limited. When at least one of R 5 and R 6 is a naphthalene ring, the condensed ring containing R 5 , R 6 and the above-mentioned 5-membered ring including a nitrogen atom bonded to R 3 may be any of the following. [Chem 2]
Figure 02_image003

於作為R5 及R6 之苯環或萘環具有取代基之情形時,該取代基之種類及數量於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無特別限定。 作為取代基之適宜例,可列舉:碳原子數1以上且6以下之烷基、碳原子數1以上且6以下之烷氧基、碳原子數2以上且7以下之飽和脂肪族醯基、碳原子數2以上且7以下之烷氧基羰基、碳原子數2以上且7以下之飽和脂肪族醯氧基、具有碳原子數1以上且6以下之烷基之單烷基胺基、具有碳原子數1以上且6以下之烷基之二烷基胺基、𠰌啉-1-基、哌𠯤-1-基、鹵素原子、及氰基等。 於作為R5 及R6 之苯環或萘環具有取代基之情形時,該取代基之數量於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無限定,較佳為1以上且4以下。於存在複數個取代基之情形時,複數個取代基可相同亦可不同。When the benzene ring or naphthalene ring as R 5 and R 6 has substituents, the type and number of the substituents are not particularly limited as long as the purpose of the present invention is not impaired. Suitable examples of the substituent include: an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a saturated aliphatic acyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, An alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, a saturated aliphatic acyloxy group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, a monoalkylamino group having an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, A dialkylamino group of an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a thiol-1-yl group, a piper-1-yl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, and the like. When the benzene ring or naphthalene ring as R 5 and R 6 has substituents, the number of the substituents is not limited within the range that does not impair the object of the present invention, but is preferably 1 or more and 4 or less. When there are a plurality of substituents, the plurality of substituents may be the same or different.

於R5 具有取代基之情形時,R5 所具有之取代基可與R1 或R3 鍵結而形成環。 又,於R6 具有取代基之情形時,R6 所具有之取代基可與R3 鍵結而形成環。When R 5 has a substituent, the substituent on R 5 may be bonded to R 1 or R 3 to form a ring. Also, when R 6 has a substituent, the substituent on R 6 may be bonded to R 3 to form a ring.

R5 所具有之取代基與R1 鍵結所形成之環可為烴環,亦可為雜環。該雜環所含之雜原子並無特別限定。作為較佳之雜原子,可列舉N、O、S等。 R5 及/或R6 所具有之取代基與R3 鍵結所形成之環除包含鍵結於R3 上之氮原子以外,亦可包含其他雜原子。該雜環所含之雜原子並無特別限定。作為較佳之雜原子,可列舉N、O、S等。The ring formed by the bond between the substituent of R 5 and R 1 may be a hydrocarbon ring or a heterocycle. The heteroatom contained in the heterocycle is not particularly limited. N, O, S, etc. are mentioned as a preferable hetero atom. The ring formed by the substituents of R 5 and/or R 6 bonded to R 3 may contain other heteroatoms in addition to the nitrogen atom bonded to R 3 . The heteroatom contained in the heterocycle is not particularly limited. N, O, S, etc. are mentioned as a preferable hetero atom.

於R5 所具有之取代基或R6 所具有之取代基與R3 鍵結而形成環之情形時,作為式(a1)所表示之化合物,較佳為下述式(a1-1-a)~(a1-1-h): [化3]

Figure 02_image005
(式(a1-1-a)~(a1-1-h)中,R1 、R2 、R4 、m1、m2及m3與式(a1)中相同,R8 為烷基) 所表示之化合物。When the substituent of R 5 or the substituent of R 6 is bonded to R 3 to form a ring, the compound represented by the formula (a1) is preferably the following formula (a1-1-a )~(a1-1-h): [chemical 3]
Figure 02_image005
(In formulas (a1-1-a) to (a1-1-h), R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , m1, m2 and m3 are the same as in formula (a1), and R 8 is an alkyl group) compound.

作為R8 之烷基可為直鏈狀,亦可為支鏈狀。作為R7 之烷基之碳原子數並無特別限定,較佳為1以上且20以下,更佳為1以上且10以下。The alkyl group as R 8 may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group of R 7 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10.

於R5 所具有之取代基與R1 鍵結而形成環之情形時,於式(a1)中,m1較佳為0。於該情形時,式(a1)所表示之化合物較佳為下述式(a1-1-i)~(a1-1-l): [化4]

Figure 02_image007
(式(a1-1-i)~(a1-1-l)中,R2 、R3 、R4 、m2及m3與式(a1)中相同,R8 為碳原子數1以上且20以下之烷基) 所表示之化合物。作為R8 之烷基可為直鏈狀,亦可為支鏈狀。When the substituent of R 5 is bonded to R 1 to form a ring, in formula (a1), m1 is preferably 0. In this case, the compound represented by the formula (a1) is preferably the following formulas (a1-1-i) to (a1-1-l): [Chem. 4]
Figure 02_image007
(In formulas (a1-1-i) to (a1-1-l), R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , m2, and m3 are the same as in formula (a1), and R 8 is 1 to 20 carbon atoms The compound represented by the alkyl group). The alkyl group as R 8 may be linear or branched.

考慮到以上說明之R5 及R6 之較佳組合,作為式(a1)所表示之化合物,較佳為下述式(a1-I)~(a1-IV): [化5]

Figure 02_image009
(式(a1-I)~(a1-IV)中,R1 、R2 、R3 、R4 、m1、m2及m3與式(a1)中相同) 所表示之化合物,更佳為式(a1-II)或式(a1-III)所表示之化合物,尤佳為式(a1-III)所表示之化合物。Considering the preferred combination of R 5 and R 6 described above, the compound represented by formula (a1) is preferably the following formulas (a1-I) to (a1-IV):
Figure 02_image009
(In formulas (a1-I) to (a1-IV), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , m1, m2 and m3 are the same as in formula (a1)), more preferably the compound represented by formula ( a1-II) or a compound represented by formula (a1-III), particularly preferably a compound represented by formula (a1-III).

作為上述式(a1-I)~(a1-IV)所表示之化合物,較佳為下述式(a1-I-a)~(a1-IV-a)所表示之化合物,更佳為式(a1-II-a)或式(a1-III-a)所表示之化合物,尤佳為式(a1-III-a)所表示之化合物。 [化6]

Figure 02_image011
As the compound represented by the above-mentioned formulas (a1-I) to (a1-IV), preferably the compound represented by the following formulas (a1-Ia) to (a1-IV-a), more preferably the compound represented by the formula (a1- II-a) or a compound represented by formula (a1-III-a), particularly preferably a compound represented by formula (a1-III-a). [chemical 6]
Figure 02_image011

作為上述式(a1-I-a)~(a1-IV-a)所表示之化合物,較佳為下述式(a1-I-b)~(a1-IV-b)所表示之化合物,更佳為式(a1-II-b)或式(a1-III-b)所表示之化合物,尤佳為式(a1-III-b)所表示之化合物。 [化7]

Figure 02_image013
As the compound represented by the above formulas (a1-Ia) to (a1-IV-a), preferably the compound represented by the following formulas (a1-Ib) to (a1-IV-b), more preferably the compound represented by the formula ( a1-II-b) or a compound represented by formula (a1-III-b), particularly preferably a compound represented by formula (a1-III-b). [chemical 7]
Figure 02_image013

關於作為R1 之1價有機基之適宜例,可列舉:烷基、烷氧基、環烷基、環烷氧基、飽和脂肪族醯基、烷氧基羰基、飽和脂肪族醯氧基、可具有取代基之苯基、可具有取代基之苯氧基、可具有取代基之苯甲醯基、可具有取代基之苯氧基羰基、可具有取代基之苯甲醯氧基、可具有取代基之苯基烷基、可具有取代基之萘基、可具有取代基之萘氧基、可具有取代基之萘甲醯基、可具有取代基之萘氧基羰基、可具有取代基之萘甲醯氧基、可具有取代基之萘基烷基、可具有取代基之雜環基、可具有取代基之雜環基羰基、經1個或2個有機基取代之胺基、𠰌啉-1-基、及哌𠯤-1-基等。Suitable examples of the monovalent organic group as R include: alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkoxy, saturated aliphatic acyl, alkoxycarbonyl, saturated aliphatic acyloxy, Optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted phenoxy, optionally substituted benzoyl, optionally substituted phenoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted benzoyloxy, optionally substituted Substituent phenylalkyl, optionally substituted naphthyl, optionally substituted naphthyloxy, optionally substituted naphthoyl, optionally substituted naphthyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted Naphthyloxyl group, naphthylalkyl group which may have substituent, heterocyclic group which may have substituent, heterocyclic carbonyl group which may have substituent, amino group substituted with one or two organic groups, thioline -1-yl, and piper-1-yl, etc.

於R1 為烷基之情形時,烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上且20以下,更佳為1以上且6以下。又,於R1 為烷基之情形時,可為直鏈亦可為支鏈。作為R1 為烷基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、異戊基、第二戊基、第三戊基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、異辛基、第二辛基、第三辛基、正壬基、異壬基、正癸基、及異癸基等。又,於R1 為烷基之情形時,烷基可於碳鏈中包含醚鍵(-O-)。作為碳鏈中具有醚鍵之烷基之例,可列舉:甲氧基乙基、乙氧基乙基、甲氧基乙氧基乙基、乙氧基乙氧基乙基、丙氧基乙氧基乙基、及甲氧基丙基等。When R 1 is an alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 6. Also, when R 1 is an alkyl group, it may be a straight chain or a branched chain. Specific examples of the case where R is an alkyl group include: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, second-butyl, third-butyl, n-pentyl Base, isopentyl, second pentyl, third pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, second octyl, third octyl, n-nonyl, isononyl, n- Decyl, and isodecyl, etc. Also, when R 1 is an alkyl group, the alkyl group may include an ether bond (-O-) in the carbon chain. Examples of alkyl groups having an ether bond in the carbon chain include: methoxyethyl, ethoxyethyl, methoxyethoxyethyl, ethoxyethoxyethyl, propoxyethyl Oxyethyl, and methoxypropyl etc.

於R1 為烷氧基之情形時,烷氧基之碳原子數較佳為1以上且20以下,更佳為1以上且6以下。又,於R1 為烷氧基之情形時,可為直鏈亦可為支鏈。作為R1 為烷氧基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異丙氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、正戊氧基、異戊氧基、第二戊氧基、第三戊氧基、正己氧基、正庚氧基、正辛氧基、異辛氧基、第二辛氧基、第三辛氧基、正壬氧基、異壬氧基、正癸氧基、及異癸氧基等。又,於R1 為烷氧基之情形時,烷氧基可於碳鏈中包含醚鍵(-O-)。作為碳鏈中具有醚鍵之烷氧基之例,可列舉:甲氧基乙氧基、乙氧基乙氧基、甲氧基乙氧基乙氧基、乙氧基乙氧基乙氧基、丙氧基乙氧基乙氧基、及甲氧基丙氧基等。When R 1 is an alkoxy group, the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 6. Also, when R 1 is an alkoxy group, it may be a straight chain or a branched chain. Specific examples of the case where R is an alkoxy group include: methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, second butoxy , the third butoxyl, n-pentyloxy, isopentyloxy, second pentyloxy, third pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, n-heptyloxy, n-octyloxy, isooctyloxy, second Octyloxy, tertiary octyloxy, n-nonyloxy, isononyloxy, n-decyloxy, and isodecyloxy, etc. Also, when R 1 is an alkoxy group, the alkoxy group may include an ether bond (-O-) in the carbon chain. Examples of alkoxy groups having an ether bond in the carbon chain include: methoxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxy, methoxyethoxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxyethoxy , propoxyethoxyethoxy, and methoxypropoxy, etc.

於R1 為環烷基或環烷氧基之情形時,環烷基或環烷氧基之碳原子數較佳為3以上且10以下,更佳為3以上且6以下。作為R1 為環烷基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、及環辛基等。作為R1 為環烷氧基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環庚氧基、及環辛氧基等。When R 1 is cycloalkyl or cycloalkoxy, the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl or cycloalkoxy is preferably from 3 to 10, more preferably from 3 to 6. Specific examples of the case where R 1 is a cycloalkyl group include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Specific examples of the case where R 1 is a cycloalkoxy group include cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cycloheptyloxy, and cyclooctyloxy.

於R1 為飽和脂肪族醯基或飽和脂肪族醯氧基之情形時,飽和脂肪族醯基或飽和脂肪族醯氧基之碳原子數較佳為2以上且21以下,更佳為2以上且7以下。作為R1 為飽和脂肪族醯基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:乙醯基、丙醯基、正丁醯基、2-甲基丙醯基、正戊醯基、2,2-二甲基丙醯基、正己醯基、正庚醯基、正辛醯基、正壬醯基、正癸醯基、正十一碳醯基、正十二碳醯基、正十三碳醯基、正十四碳醯基、正十五碳醯基、及正十六碳醯基等。作為R1 為飽和脂肪族醯氧基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:乙醯氧基、丙醯氧基、正丁醯氧基、2-甲基丙醯氧基、正戊醯氧基、2,2-二甲基丙醯氧基、正己醯氧基、正庚醯氧基、正辛醯氧基、正壬醯氧基、正癸醯氧基、正十一碳醯氧基、正十二碳醯氧基、正十三碳醯氧基、正十四碳醯氧基、正十五碳醯氧基、及正十六碳醯氧基等。When R is a saturated aliphatic acyl group or a saturated aliphatic acyloxy group, the number of carbon atoms in the saturated aliphatic acyl group or a saturated aliphatic acyloxy group is preferably 2 or more and 21 or less, more preferably 2 or more And 7 or less. Specific examples of the case where R is a saturated aliphatic acyl group include: acetyl, propionyl, n-butyryl, 2-methylacryl, n-pentyl, 2,2-dimethyl Propyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, n-undecyl, n-dodecyl, n-tridecyl, n-tetradecyl Carbonyl, n-pentadecanyl, and n-hexadecanyl, etc. Specific examples of the case where R is a saturated aliphatic aliphatic oxy group include: acetyloxy, acryloxy, n-butyryloxy, 2-methylacryloxy, n-pentyloxy , 2,2-Dimethylpropionyloxy, n-hexyloxy, n-heptyloxy, n-octyloxy, n-nonyloxy, n-decyloxy, n-undecyloxy, n-dodecyloxy, n-tridecyloxy, n-tetradecyloxy, n-pentadedecyloxy, n-hexadecanyloxy, and the like.

於R1 為烷氧基羰基之情形時,烷氧基羰基之碳原子數較佳為2以上且20以下,更佳為2以上且7以下。作為R1 為烷氧基羰基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、正丙氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、正丁氧基羰基、異丁氧基羰基、第二丁氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基、正戊氧基羰基、異戊氧基羰基、第二戊氧基羰基、第三戊氧基羰基、正己氧基羰基、正庚氧基羰基、正辛氧基羰基、異辛氧基羰基、第二辛氧基羰基、第三辛氧基羰基、正壬氧基羰基、異壬氧基羰基、正癸氧基羰基、及異癸氧基羰基等。When R 1 is an alkoxycarbonyl group, the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably from 2 to 20, more preferably from 2 to 7. Specific examples of the case where R is an alkoxycarbonyl group include: methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, n-propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, n-butoxycarbonyl, isobutoxy Carbonyl, second butoxycarbonyl, third butoxycarbonyl, n-pentyloxycarbonyl, isopentyloxycarbonyl, second pentyloxycarbonyl, third pentyloxycarbonyl, n-hexyloxycarbonyl, n-heptyloxy octylcarbonyl, n-octyloxycarbonyl, isooctyloxycarbonyl, second octyloxycarbonyl, third octyloxycarbonyl, n-nonyloxycarbonyl, isononyloxycarbonyl, n-decyloxycarbonyl, and isodecyl Oxycarbonyl etc.

於R1 為苯基烷基之情形時,苯基烷基之碳原子數較佳為7以上且20以下,更佳為7以上且10以下。又,於R1 為萘基烷基之情形時,萘基烷基之碳原子數較佳為11以上且20以下,更佳為11以上且14以下。作為R1 為苯基烷基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:苄基、2-苯基乙基、3-苯基丙基、及4-苯基丁基。作為R1 為萘基烷基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:α-萘基甲基、β-萘基甲基、2-(α-萘基)乙基、及2-(β-萘基)乙基。於R1 為苯基烷基或萘基烷基之情形時,R1 可於苯基或萘基上進而具有取代基。When R 1 is a phenylalkyl group, the number of carbon atoms in the phenylalkyl group is preferably from 7 to 20, more preferably from 7 to 10. Also, when R 1 is naphthylalkyl, the number of carbon atoms in the naphthylalkyl is preferably from 11 to 20, more preferably from 11 to 14. Specific examples of the case where R 1 is phenylalkyl include benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, and 4-phenylbutyl. Specific examples of the case where R is naphthylalkyl include: α - naphthylmethyl, β-naphthylmethyl, 2-(α-naphthyl)ethyl, and 2-(β-naphthyl) base) ethyl. When R 1 is phenylalkyl or naphthylalkyl, R 1 may further have a substituent on the phenyl or naphthyl.

於R1 為雜環基之情形時,雜環基為包含1個以上之N、S、O之5員或6員單環,或者為該由單環彼此、或由該單環與苯環縮合而成之雜環基。於雜環基為縮合環之情形時,環數至多為3。雜環基可為芳香族基(雜芳基),亦可為非芳香族基。作為構成該雜環基之雜環,可列舉:呋喃、噻吩、吡咯、㗁唑、異㗁唑、噻唑、噻二唑、異噻唑、咪唑、吡唑、三唑、吡啶、吡𠯤、嘧啶、嗒𠯤、苯并呋喃、苯并噻吩、吲哚、異吲哚、吲哚𠯤、苯并咪唑、苯并三唑、苯并㗁唑、苯并噻唑、咔唑、嘌呤、喹啉、異喹啉、喹唑啉、酞𠯤、㖕啉、及喹㗁啉等。於R1 為雜環基之情形時,雜環基可進而具有取代基。When R 1 is a heterocyclic group, the heterocyclic group is a 5-membered or 6-membered monocyclic ring containing more than one N, S, O, or a monocyclic ring consisting of each other, or a monocyclic ring and a benzene ring. The heterocyclic group formed by condensation. When the heterocyclic group is a condensed ring, the number of rings is at most 3. The heterocyclic group may be an aromatic group (heteroaryl group) or a non-aromatic group. As the heterocycle constituting the heterocyclic group, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, pyridine, pyrrole, pyrimidine, Catalyst, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, isoindole, indole, benzimidazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, carbazole, purine, quinoline, isoquinone phenoline, quinazoline, phthaloline, phenoline, and quinoline, etc. When R 1 is a heterocyclic group, the heterocyclic group may further have a substituent.

於R1 為雜環基羰基之情形時,雜環基羰基所含之雜環基與R1 為雜環基之情形時相同。When R 1 is a heterocyclylcarbonyl group, the heterocyclic group contained in the heterocyclylcarbonyl group is the same as when R 1 is a heterocyclyl group.

於R1 為經1個或2個有機基取代之胺基之情形時,作為有機基之適宜例,可列舉:碳原子數1以上且20以下之烷基、碳原子數3以上且10以下之環烷基、碳原子數2以上且21以下之飽和脂肪族醯基、可具有取代基之苯基、可具有取代基之苯甲醯基、可具有取代基之碳原子數7以上且20以下之苯基烷基、可具有取代基之萘基、可具有取代基之萘甲醯基、可具有取代基之碳原子數11以上且20以下之萘基烷基、及雜環基等。該等適宜之有機基之具體例與R1 相同。作為經1個或2個有機基取代之胺基之具體例,可列舉:甲基胺基、乙基胺基、二乙胺基、正丙基胺基、二正丙胺基、異丙基胺基、正丁基胺基、二正丁胺基、正戊基胺基、正己基胺基、正庚基胺基、正辛基胺基、正壬基胺基、正癸基胺基、苯基胺基、萘基胺基、乙醯基胺基、丙醯基胺基、正丁醯基胺基、正戊醯基胺基、正己醯基胺基、正庚醯基胺基、正辛醯基胺基、正癸醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基、α-萘甲醯基胺基、及β-萘甲醯基胺基等。When R is an amino group substituted with one or two organic groups, suitable examples of the organic group include: an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms Cycloalkyl groups, saturated aliphatic acyl groups with 2 to 21 carbon atoms, phenyl groups that may have substituents, benzoyl groups that may have substituents, and benzoyl groups that may have substituents with 7 to 20 carbon atoms The following phenylalkyl groups, naphthyl groups which may have substituents, naphthoyl groups which may have substituents, naphthylalkyl groups which may have substituents and have 11 to 20 carbon atoms, heterocyclic groups, etc. Specific examples of such suitable organic groups are the same as for R1. Specific examples of amino groups substituted with one or two organic groups include: methylamino group, ethylamino group, diethylamino group, n-propylamine group, di-n-propylamino group, isopropylamine group group, n-butylamino group, di-n-butylamino group, n-pentylamino group, n-hexylamino group, n-heptylamino group, n-octylamino group, n-nonylamino group, n-decylamino group, benzene Nylamine, naphthylamine, acetylamino, propionylamine, n-butyrylamine, n-pentylamine, n-hexylamine, n-heptylamine, n-octylamine , n-decylamine, benzoylamine, α-naphthylamine, and β-naphthylamine, etc.

作為R1 所含之苯基、萘基及雜環基進而具有取代基之情形時之取代基,可列舉:碳原子數1以上且6以下之烷基、碳原子數1以上且6以下之烷氧基、碳原子數2以上且7以下之飽和脂肪族醯基、碳原子數2以上且7以下之烷氧基羰基、碳原子數2以上且7以下之飽和脂肪族醯氧基、具有碳原子數1以上且6以下之烷基之單烷基胺基、具有碳原子數1以上且6以下之烷基之二烷基胺基、𠰌啉-1-基、哌𠯤-1-基、鹵素、硝基、及氰基等。於R1 所含之苯基、萘基及雜環基進而具有取代基之情形時,該取代基之數量於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無限定,較佳為1以上且4以下。於R1 所含之苯基、萘基及雜環基具有複數個取代基之情形時,複數個取代基可相同亦可不同。As the substituent when the phenyl, naphthyl and heterocyclic group contained in R1 further have a substituent, examples include: an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Alkoxy, saturated aliphatic acyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, saturated aliphatic acyloxy group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, Monoalkylamino group having an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, dialkylamino group having an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, oxalin-1-yl, piperyl-1-yl , halogen, nitro, and cyano, etc. When the phenyl, naphthyl, and heterocyclic groups contained in R 1 further have substituents, the number of the substituents is not limited within the range that does not impair the object of the present invention, but is preferably 1 or more and 4 or less. When the phenyl, naphthyl and heterocyclic groups contained in R 1 have multiple substituents, the multiple substituents may be the same or different.

又,作為R1 ,亦較佳為環烷基烷基、芳香環上可具有取代基之苯氧基烷基、芳香環上可具有取代基之苯硫基烷基。苯氧基烷基及苯硫基烷基可具有之取代基與R1 所含之苯基可具有之取代基相同。Also, R 1 is also preferably cycloalkylalkyl, phenoxyalkyl which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring, or phenylthioalkyl which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring. The optional substituents of the phenoxyalkyl group and the phenylthioalkyl group are the same as the optional substituents of the phenyl group included in R 1 .

1價有機基之中,作為R1 ,較佳為烷基、環烷基、可具有取代基之苯基、或環烷基烷基、芳香環上可具有取代基之苯硫基烷基。作為烷基,較佳為碳原子數1以上且20以下之烷基,更佳為碳原子數1以上且8以下之烷基,尤佳為碳原子數1以上且4以下之烷基,最佳為甲基。可具有取代基之苯基之中,較佳為甲基苯基,更佳為2-甲基苯基。環烷基烷基所含之環烷基之碳原子數較佳為5以上且10以下,更佳為5以上且8以下,尤佳為5或6。環烷基烷基所含之伸烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上且8以下,更佳為1以上且4以下,尤佳為2。環烷基烷基之中,較佳為環戊基乙基。芳香環上可具有取代基之苯硫基烷基所含之伸烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上且8以下,更佳為1以上且4以下,尤佳為2。芳香環上可具有取代基之苯硫基烷基之中,較佳為2-(4-氯苯硫基)乙基。Among the monovalent organic groups, R 1 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkylalkyl group, or a phenylthioalkyl group which may have a substituent on an aromatic ring. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and most preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Preferably methyl. Among the phenyl groups which may have a substituent, methylphenyl is preferred, and 2-methylphenyl is more preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group contained in the cycloalkylalkyl group is preferably from 5 to 10, more preferably from 5 to 8, particularly preferably 5 or 6. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group contained in the cycloalkylalkyl group is preferably from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 to 4, especially preferably 2. Among the cycloalkylalkyl groups, cyclopentylethyl is preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group contained in the thiophenylalkyl group which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring is preferably from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 to 4, especially preferably 2. Among the thiophenylalkyl groups which may have substituents on the aromatic ring, 2-(4-chlorophenylthio)ethyl is preferred.

如上所述,式(a1)所表示之化合物需滿足下述(1)~(3): (1) R1 包含-OR7 所表示之基,R7 為鹵烷基。 (2) m2為1,R4 包含-OR7 所表示之基,R7 為鹵烷基。 (3) R3 為可具有取代基之支鏈狀烷基。 中之至少一個條件。 因此,R1 較佳為經-OR7 所表示之取代基取代。R7 為鹵烷基。於R1 經-OR7 所表示之基取代之情形時,R1 所含之-OR7 所表示之基之數量無特別限定。於R1 經-OR7 所表示之基取代之情形時,R1 所含之-OR7 所表示之基之數量較佳為1或2,更佳為1。 又,式(a1)所表示之化合物所具有之-OR7 所表示之基之數量亦較佳為1或2,更佳為1。As mentioned above, the compound represented by the formula (a1) needs to satisfy the following (1)-(3): (1) R 1 contains a group represented by -OR 7 , and R 7 is a haloalkyl group. (2) m2 is 1, R 4 contains a group represented by -OR 7 , and R 7 is a haloalkyl group. (3) R 3 is a branched alkyl group which may have a substituent. at least one of the conditions. Therefore, R 1 is preferably substituted with a substituent represented by -OR 7 . R 7 is haloalkyl. When R 1 is substituted by a group represented by -OR 7 , the number of groups represented by -OR 7 contained in R 1 is not particularly limited. When R 1 is substituted by a group represented by -OR 7 , the number of groups represented by -OR 7 contained in R 1 is preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1. Also, the number of groups represented by -OR 7 that the compound represented by formula (a1) has is also preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1.

作為鹵烷基所含之鹵素原子,可列舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、及碘原子。鹵烷基可包含1種鹵素原子,亦可組合包含2種以上之鹵素原子。 鹵烷基所具有之鹵素原子之數量於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無特別限定。鹵烷基所具有之鹵素原子之數量較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,尤佳為3以上。就式(a1)所表示之化合物與感光性組合物中之其他成分之相溶性良好之方面而言,鹵烷基所具有之鹵素原子之數量之上限較佳為7以下,更佳為6以下,尤佳為5以下。 又,式(a1)所表示之化合物所含之鹵素原子之數量亦較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,尤佳為3以上,又,較佳為7以下,更佳為6以下,尤佳為5以下。As a halogen atom contained in a haloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned. The haloalkyl group may contain one kind of halogen atom, or may contain two or more kinds of halogen atoms in combination. The number of halogen atoms contained in the haloalkyl group is not particularly limited as long as the object of the present invention is not impaired. The number of halogen atoms contained in the haloalkyl group is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, especially preferably 3 or more. In terms of good compatibility between the compound represented by formula (a1) and other components in the photosensitive composition, the upper limit of the number of halogen atoms contained in the haloalkyl group is preferably 7 or less, more preferably 6 or less , preferably below 5. Also, the number of halogen atoms contained in the compound represented by formula (a1) is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, especially preferably 3 or more, and preferably 7 or less, more preferably 6 or less, Preferably it is 5 or less.

鹵烷基之碳原子數於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無特別限定。鹵烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上,更佳為2以上,尤佳為3以上。鹵烷基之碳原子數量之上限較佳為10以下,更佳為7以下,尤佳為5以下。 作為鹵烷基,尤佳為氟化烷基。作為鹵烷基之較佳之具體例,可列舉:2,2,3,3-四氟丙基、2,2,2-三氟乙基、3,3,3-三氟丙基、2,2,3,3,3-五氟丙基、及2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-八氟戊基等。該等之中,就式(a1)所表示之化合物之易製造性等而言,較佳為2,2,3,3-四氟丙基。The number of carbon atoms in the haloalkyl group is not particularly limited as long as the object of the present invention is not impaired. The number of carbon atoms in the haloalkyl group is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, especially preferably 3 or more. The upper limit of the number of carbon atoms in the haloalkyl group is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 7 or less, especially preferably 5 or less. As the haloalkyl group, a fluorinated alkyl group is particularly preferred. Specific examples of preferred haloalkyl groups include: 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, 2, 2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl, and 2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5-octafluoropentyl, etc. Among them, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl is preferred in terms of the ease of manufacture of the compound represented by formula (a1), and the like.

關於作為R1 之經鹵烷基取代之基,較佳為經1個或2個鹵烷基取代之苯基。具體而言,作為R1 之經鹵烷基取代之基較佳為下述式(a1-01): [化8]

Figure 02_image015
(式(a1-01)中,R7 如上所述,R9 為作為R1 之苯基可具有之取代基,m4為1或2,m4+m5為1以上且5以下之整數) 所表示之基。 作為R9 ,較佳為碳原子數1以上且6以下之烷基、及碳原子數1以上且6以下之烷氧基,更佳為碳原子數1以上且6以下之烷基,進而較佳為甲基及乙基,尤佳為甲基。 m5較佳為1。Regarding the group substituted with a haloalkyl group as R 1 , it is preferably a phenyl group substituted with 1 or 2 haloalkyl groups. Specifically, the group substituted by haloalkyl as R 1 is preferably the following formula (a1-01): [Chem. 8]
Figure 02_image015
(In the formula (a1-01), R 7 is as above, R 9 is a substituent that the phenyl group of R 1 may have, m4 is 1 or 2, and m4+m5 is an integer of 1 to 5) . R 9 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably Preferred are methyl and ethyl, particularly preferred is methyl. m5 is preferably 1.

又,R1 亦可為下述式(a1-02): [化9]

Figure 02_image017
(式(a1-02)中,R1 、R2 、R3 、R4 、R5 、R6 、m1、m2及m3與式(a1)中相同,R10 為2價有機基) 所表示之基。Also, R 1 can also be the following formula (a1-02): [Chemical 9]
Figure 02_image017
(In formula (a1-02), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , m1, m2, and m3 are the same as in formula (a1), and R 10 is a divalent organic group) foundation.

作為R10 之2價有機基於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無特別限定。關於作為R10 之2價有機基之適宜例,可列舉:碳原子數1以上且10以下之烷二基(例如亞甲基、乙烷-1,2-二基、丙烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,4-二基等)、及伸芳基(伸對苯基、伸間苯基、伸鄰苯基、1,1'-聯苯基-4,4'-二基等)。The divalent organic as R 10 is not particularly limited as long as the object of the present invention is not impaired. Suitable examples of the divalent organic group as R10 include: alkanediyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (such as methylene, ethane-1,2-diyl, propane-1,3- Diyl, butane-1,4-diyl, etc.), and aryl (p-phenylene, m-phenylene, o-phenylene, 1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-di base, etc.).

作為R1 為上述式(a1-02)所表示之基之情形時之式(a1)所表示之化合物之具體例,可列舉下述式之化合物。 [化10]

Figure 02_image019
Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (a1) when R 1 is a group represented by the above formula (a1-02) include compounds represented by the following formula. [chemical 10]
Figure 02_image019

以上說明之R1 之中,較佳為下述式所表示之基。 [化11]

Figure 02_image021
Among R 1 described above, a group represented by the following formula is preferable. [chemical 11]
Figure 02_image021

式(a1)中,R2 為可具有取代基之烴基、或可具有取代基之雜環基。作為可具有取代基之烴基,較佳為可具有取代基之碳原子數1以上且11以下之烷基、或可具有取代基之芳基。作為芳基,較佳為苯基及萘基,較佳為苯基。作為R2 為烷基之情形時可具有之取代基,可較佳地例示:苯基、萘基等。又,作為R2 為芳基之情形時可具有之取代基,可較佳地例示:碳原子數1以上且5以下之烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子等。In formula (a1), R 2 is a hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. As the hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an alkyl group having 1 to 11 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent are preferable. As the aryl group, phenyl and naphthyl are preferred, and phenyl is preferred. As a substituent which R2 may have when it is an alkyl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group etc. can be illustrated preferably. In addition, as the substituent that R 2 may have when it is an aryl group, preferable examples include an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, and the like.

於R2 為雜環基之情形時,該雜環基可為脂肪族雜環基,亦可為芳香族雜環基。於R2 為雜環基之情形時,雜環基為包含1個以上之N、S、O之5員或6員單環,或者為該由單環彼此、或由該單環與苯環縮合而成之雜環基。於雜環基為縮合環之情形時,環數至多為3。作為構成該雜環基之雜環,可列舉:呋喃、噻吩、吡咯、㗁唑、異㗁唑、噻唑、噻二唑、異噻唑、咪唑、吡唑、三唑、吡啶、吡𠯤、嘧啶、嗒𠯤、苯并呋喃、苯并噻吩、吲哚、異吲哚、吲哚𠯤、苯并咪唑、苯并三唑、苯并㗁唑、苯并噻唑、咔唑、嘌呤、喹啉、異喹啉、喹唑啉、酞𠯤、㖕啉、喹㗁啉、哌啶、哌𠯤、𠰌啉、哌啶、四氫吡喃、及四氫呋喃等。 於R2 為雜環基之情形時,作為該雜環基可具有之取代基,可列舉:羥基、碳原子數1以上且6以下之烷氧基、鹵素原子、氰基、硝基等。When R 2 is a heterocyclic group, the heterocyclic group may be an aliphatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. When R 2 is a heterocyclic group, the heterocyclic group is a 5-membered or 6-membered monocyclic ring containing more than one N, S, O, or a combination of the monocyclic rings, or the monocyclic ring and the benzene ring. The heterocyclic group formed by condensation. When the heterocyclic group is a condensed ring, the number of rings is at most 3. As the heterocycle constituting the heterocyclic group, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, pyridine, pyrrole, pyrimidine, Catalyst, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, isoindole, indole, benzimidazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, carbazole, purine, quinoline, isoquinone phylloline, quinazoline, phthaloline, phenoline, quinoline, piperidine, piperidine, phenoline, piperidine, tetrahydropyran, and tetrahydrofuran, etc. When R 2 is a heterocyclic group, examples of substituents that the heterocyclic group may have include hydroxyl, alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, and the like.

作為R2 ,較佳為甲基、苯基、及噻吩基,更佳為甲基。R 2 is preferably a methyl group, a phenyl group, and a thienyl group, more preferably a methyl group.

式(a1)中,R3 為1價有機基。R3 可於無損本發明之目的之範圍內自各種有機基中選擇。作為R3 之適宜例,可列舉:碳原子數1以上且20以下之可具有取代基之烷基、碳原子數3以上且20以下之可具有取代基之環烷基、碳原子數2以上且20以下之可具有取代基之飽和脂肪族醯基、碳原子數2以上且20以下之可具有取代基之烷氧基羰基、可具有取代基之苯基、可具有取代基之苯甲醯基、可具有取代基之苯氧基羰基、可具有取代基之碳原子數7以上且20以下之苯基烷基、可具有取代基之萘基、可具有取代基之萘甲醯基、可具有取代基之萘氧基羰基、可具有取代基之碳原子數11以上且20以下之萘基烷基、可具有取代基之雜環基、及可具有取代基之雜環基羰基等。In formula (a1), R 3 is a monovalent organic group. R 3 can be selected from various organic groups within the range that does not impair the purpose of the present invention. Suitable examples of R3 include an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and an optionally substituted cycloalkyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms. And 20 or less saturated aliphatic acyl groups that may have substituents, alkoxycarbonyl groups that may have substituents with 2 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms, phenyl that may have substituents, benzoyl that may have substituents Group, phenoxycarbonyl group which may have a substituent, phenylalkyl group which may have a substituent with 7 to 20 carbon atoms, naphthyl group which may have a substituent, naphthylcarbonyl group which may have a substituent, naphthalyl group which may have a substituent, Naphthyloxycarbonyl which may have substituents, naphthylalkyl groups which may have 11 to 20 carbon atoms which may have substituents, heterocyclic groups which may have substituents, heterocyclic carbonyl groups which may have substituents, etc.

R3 之中,較佳為碳原子數1以上且20以下之烷基。該烷基可為直鏈狀,亦可為支鏈狀。就式(a1)所表示之化合物於感光性組合物中之溶解性良好之方面而言,作為R3 之烷基之碳原子數較佳為2以上,更佳為5以上,尤佳為7以上。又,就感光性組合物中之式(a1)所表示之化合物與其他成分之相溶性良好之方面而言,作為R3 之烷基之碳原子數較佳為15以下,更佳為10以下。Among R 3 , an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable. This alkyl group may be linear or branched. In terms of the good solubility of the compound represented by formula (a1) in the photosensitive composition, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group as R3 is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 5 or more, especially preferably 7 above. Also, in terms of the compound represented by the formula (a1) in the photosensitive composition having good compatibility with other components, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group as R3 is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 10 or less .

於R3 具有取代基之情形時,作為該取代基之適宜例,可列舉:羥基、碳原子數1以上且20以下之烷基、碳原子數1以上且20以下之烷氧基、碳原子數2以上且20以下之脂肪族醯基、碳原子數2以上且20以下之脂肪族醯氧基、苯氧基、苯甲醯基、苯甲醯氧基、-PO(OR)2 所表示之基(R為碳原子數1以上且6以下之烷基)、鹵素原子、氰基、雜環基等。作為取代基之雜環基之適宜例與作為R2 之雜環基之適宜例相同。When R3 has a substituent, suitable examples of the substituent include: hydroxyl group, alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, carbon atom Represented by an aliphatic acyl group having a number of 2 to 20, an aliphatic acyloxy group having a carbon number of 2 to 20, a phenoxy group, a benzoyl group, a benzoyloxy group, and -PO(OR) 2 (R is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a heterocyclic group, and the like. Suitable examples of the heterocyclic group as the substituent are the same as the suitable examples of the heterocyclic group as R 2 .

如上所述,式(a1)所表示之化合物需滿足下述(1)~(3): (1) R1 包含-OR7 所表示之基,R7 為鹵烷基。 (2) m2為1,R4 包含-OR7 所表示之基,R7 為鹵烷基。 (3) R3 為可具有取代基之支鏈狀烷基。 中之至少一個條件。 因此,R3 較佳為可具有取代基之支鏈狀烷基。As mentioned above, the compound represented by the formula (a1) needs to satisfy the following (1)-(3): (1) R 1 contains a group represented by -OR 7 , and R 7 is a haloalkyl group. (2) m2 is 1, R 4 contains a group represented by -OR 7 , and R 7 is a haloalkyl group. (3) R 3 is a branched alkyl group which may have a substituent. at least one of the conditions. Therefore, R 3 is preferably a branched chain alkyl group which may have a substituent.

又,R3 係下述式(a1-03): [化12]

Figure 02_image023
(式(a1-03)中,R1 、R2 、R4 、R5 、R6 、m1、m2及m3與式(a1)中相同,R11 為2價有機基)Also, R 3 is the following formula (a1-03): [Chem. 12]
Figure 02_image023
(In formula (a1-03), R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , m1, m2, and m3 are the same as in formula (a1), and R 11 is a divalent organic group)

作為R11 之2價有機基於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無特別限定。關於作為R11 之2價有機基之適宜例,可列舉:碳原子數1以上且10以下之烷二基(例如亞甲基、乙烷-1,2-二基、丙烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,4-二基、戊烷-1,5-二基、己烷-1,6-二基、庚烷-1,7-二基、辛烷-1,8-二基等)、伸芳基(伸對苯基、伸間苯基、伸鄰苯基、1,1'-聯苯基-4,4'-二基等)。The divalent organic as R 11 is not particularly limited as long as the object of the present invention is not impaired. Suitable examples of the divalent organic group as R 11 include: alkanediyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (such as methylene, ethane-1,2-diyl, propane-1,3- Diyl, butane-1,4-diyl, pentane-1,5-diyl, hexane-1,6-diyl, heptane-1,7-diyl, octane-1,8- Diyl, etc.), aryl (p-phenylene, m-phenylene, o-phenylene, 1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diyl, etc.).

又,下述基亦適用於作為R11 之2價有機基。下述式中,R12 為碳原子數1以上且20以下之伸烷基。關於作為R12 之伸烷基,較佳為亞甲基、乙烷-1,2-二基、丙烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,4-二基、戊烷-1,5-二基、己烷-1,6-二基、庚烷-1,7-二基、及辛烷-1,8-二基。 [化13]

Figure 02_image025
In addition, the following groups are also applicable to the divalent organic group as R 11 . In the following formula, R 12 is an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Regarding the alkylene group as R 12 , methylene, ethane-1,2-diyl, propane-1,3-diyl, butane-1,4-diyl, pentane-1, 5-diyl, hexane-1,6-diyl, heptane-1,7-diyl, and octane-1,8-diyl. [chemical 13]
Figure 02_image025

作為R3 為上述式(a1-03)所表示之基之情形時之式(a1)所表示之化合物之具體例,可列舉下述式之化合物。 [化14]

Figure 02_image027
Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (a1) when R 3 is a group represented by the above formula (a1-03) include compounds represented by the following formula. [chemical 14]
Figure 02_image027

作為以上說明之R3 之適宜之具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、異戊基、新戊基、戊烷-3-基、第二戊基、第三戊基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、及2-乙基己基。 如上所述,R3 較佳為支鏈狀烷基,就此而言,上述烷基之中,較佳為異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、異戊基、新戊基、戊烷-3-基、第二戊基、第三戊基、及2-乙基己基。 又,就式(a1)所表示之化合物於感光性組合物中之溶解性良好之方面而言,較佳為正辛基及2-乙基己基,更佳為2-乙基己基。Suitable specific examples of R3 as described above include: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, second butyl, third butyl, n-pentyl , isopentyl, neopentyl, pentane-3-yl, second pentyl, third pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and 2-ethylhexyl. As mentioned above, R is preferably a branched chain alkyl group. In this regard, among the above-mentioned alkyl groups, preferably isopropyl, isobutyl, second butyl, tertiary butyl, isopentyl, Neopentyl, pentan-3-yl, second pentyl, third pentyl, and 2-ethylhexyl. Moreover, n-octyl and 2-ethylhexyl are preferable, and 2-ethylhexyl is more preferable at the point which the solubility to the photosensitive composition of the compound represented by a formula (a1) is favorable.

式(a1)中之R4 為1價有機基。關於作為R4 之1價有機基,可列舉與作為R1 之1價有機基相同之基。R 4 in the formula (a1) is a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group as R 4 , the same ones as the monovalent organic group as R 1 can be mentioned.

R4 係以R4 -(CO)m3 -所表示之基之形式鍵結於式(a1)所表示之化合物之主骨架上。作為R4 -(CO)m3 -所表示之基之適宜之具體例,可列舉下述式所表示之基。下述式中,m3與式(a1)中相同,為1或0。 [化15]

Figure 02_image029
R 4 is bonded to the main skeleton of the compound represented by formula (a1) in the form of a group represented by R 4 -(CO) m3- . Preferable specific examples of the group represented by R 4 -(CO) m3- include groups represented by the following formulae. In the following formula, m3 is 1 or 0 as in formula (a1). [chemical 15]
Figure 02_image029

[化16]

Figure 02_image031
[chemical 16]
Figure 02_image031

[化17]

Figure 02_image033
[chemical 17]
Figure 02_image033

上述R4 -(CO)m3 -所表示之基之適宜例之中,尤佳為1,3,5-三甲基苯甲醯基。Among the suitable examples of the group represented by the above R 4 -(CO) m3 -, 1,3,5-trimethylbenzoyl group is particularly preferable.

如上所述,式(a1)所表示之化合物需滿足下述(1)~(3): (1)R1 包含-OR7 所表示之基,R7 為鹵烷基。 (2)m2為1,R4 包含-OR7 所表示之基,R7 為鹵烷基。 (3)R3 為可具有取代基之支鏈狀烷基。 中之至少一個條件。 因此,R4 較佳為經-OR7 所表示之取代基取代。R7 為鹵烷基。R7 如上所述。As mentioned above, the compound represented by the formula (a1) needs to satisfy the following (1)-(3): (1) R 1 contains a group represented by -OR 7 , and R 7 is a haloalkyl group. (2) m2 is 1, R 4 contains a group represented by -OR 7 , and R 7 is a haloalkyl group. (3) R 3 is a branched alkyl group which may have a substituent. at least one of the conditions. Therefore, R 4 is preferably substituted with a substituent represented by -OR 7 . R 7 is haloalkyl. R7 is as described above.

關於作為R4 之經鹵烷基取代之基,較佳為經1個或2個鹵烷基取代之苯基。具體而言,與作為R1 之經鹵烷基取代之基相同,較佳為上述式(a1-01)所表示之基。Regarding the group substituted with a haloalkyl group as R 4 , it is preferably a phenyl group substituted with 1 or 2 haloalkyl groups. Specifically, it is the same as the group substituted with a haloalkyl group as R 1 , preferably a group represented by the above formula (a1-01).

又,作為R4 ,亦較佳為下述式(a1-04): [化18]

Figure 02_image035
(式(a1-04)中,R1 、R3 、R5 、R6 、m1、m2及m3與式(a1)中相同,R13 為2價有機基) 所表示之基。In addition, R 4 is also preferably represented by the following formula (a1-04): [Chem. 18]
Figure 02_image035
(In formula (a1-04), R 1 , R 3 , R 5 , R 6 , m1, m2, and m3 are the same as in formula (a1), and R 13 is a divalent organic group).

作為R13 之2價有機基於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無特別限定。關於作為R13 之2價有機基之適宜例,可列舉:碳原子數1以上且10以下之烷二基(例如亞甲基、乙烷-1,2-二基、丙烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,4-二基、戊烷-1,5-二基、己烷-1,6-二基、庚烷-1,7-二基、辛烷-1,8-二基等)、伸芳基(伸對苯基、伸間苯基、伸鄰苯基、1,1'-聯苯基-4,4'-二基等)。The divalent organic as R13 is not particularly limited as long as the object of the present invention is not impaired. Suitable examples of the divalent organic group as R13 include: alkanediyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (such as methylene, ethane-1,2-diyl, propane-1,3- Diyl, butane-1,4-diyl, pentane-1,5-diyl, hexane-1,6-diyl, heptane-1,7-diyl, octane-1,8- Diyl, etc.), aryl (p-phenylene, m-phenylene, o-phenylene, 1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-diyl, etc.).

又,下述基亦適用於作為R13 之2價有機基。下述式中,R13 為可經鹵素原子取代之碳原子數1以上且20以下之伸烷基。關於作為R14 之伸烷基,較佳為亞甲基、乙烷-1,2-二基、丙烷-1,3-二基、丁烷-1,4-二基、戊烷-1,5-二基、己烷-1,6-二基、庚烷-1,7-二基、及辛烷-1,8-二基。 又,該等伸烷基中之全部之氫原子被取代為鹵素原子、尤其是氟原子之基亦適用於R14 。 [化19]

Figure 02_image037
In addition, the following groups are also applicable to the divalent organic group as R 13 . In the following formula, R 13 is an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a halogen atom. Regarding the alkylene group as R 14 , methylene, ethane-1,2-diyl, propane-1,3-diyl, butane-1,4-diyl, pentane-1, 5-diyl, hexane-1,6-diyl, heptane-1,7-diyl, and octane-1,8-diyl. Also, a group in which all hydrogen atoms in the alkylene group are replaced by halogen atoms, especially fluorine atoms is also applicable to R 14 . [chemical 19]
Figure 02_image037

式(a1)中,m1、m2及m3均為0或1。作為m1,較佳為0。作為m2,較佳為1,作為m3,較佳為1。In formula (a1), m1, m2 and m3 are all 0 or 1. As m1, 0 is preferable. As m2, 1 is preferable, and as m3, 1 is preferable.

作為以上說明之式(a1)所表示之化合物之較佳之具體例,可列舉以下之化合物。 [化20]

Figure 02_image039
Preferable specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (a1) described above include the following compounds. [chemical 20]
Figure 02_image039

[化21]

Figure 02_image041
[chem 21]
Figure 02_image041

[化22]

Figure 02_image043
[chem 22]
Figure 02_image043

[化23]

Figure 02_image045
[chem 23]
Figure 02_image045

[化24]

Figure 02_image047
[chem 24]
Figure 02_image047

[化25]

Figure 02_image049
[chem 25]
Figure 02_image049

[化26]

Figure 02_image051
[chem 26]
Figure 02_image051

[肟酯化合物(A2)] 肟酯化合物(A2)係以下述式(a2): [化27]

Figure 02_image053
(式(a2)中,CR為下述式(a2a)或下述式(a2b): [化28]
Figure 02_image055
所表示之基,Ra1 為氫原子、硝基或1價有機基,Ra2 及Ra3 分別為可具有取代基之鏈狀烷基、可具有取代基之鏈狀烷氧基、可具有取代基之環狀有機基、或氫原子,Ra2 與Ra3 亦可相互鍵結而形成環,Ra4 為1價有機基,Ra5 為氫原子、可具有取代基之碳原子數1以上且20以下之脂肪族烴基、或可具有取代基之芳基,n1為0以上且4以下之整數,n2為0或1) 所表示之化合物。 就式(a2)所表示之肟酯化合物之易合成性或易獲得性、或者藉由選擇Ra2 及Ra3 而容易調整肟酯化合物之特性等方面而言,作為式(a2)中之CR,較佳為式(a2a)所表示之基。[Oxime ester compound (A2)] The oxime ester compound (A2) has the following formula (a2): [Chem. 27]
Figure 02_image053
(In the formula (a2), CR is the following formula (a2a) or the following formula (a2b):
Figure 02_image055
In the group represented, R a1 is a hydrogen atom, a nitro group or a monovalent organic group, R a2 and R a3 are respectively a chain-like alkyl group that may have a substituent, a chain-like alkoxy group that may have a substituent, and a chain-like alkoxy group that may have a substituent A cyclic organic group or a hydrogen atom, R a2 and R a3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, R a4 is a monovalent organic group, R a5 is a hydrogen atom, and the number of carbon atoms that may have substituents is 1 or more and A compound represented by an aliphatic hydrocarbon group of 20 or less, or an aryl group which may have a substituent, n1 is an integer of 0 to 4, and n2 is 0 or 1). In terms of the ease of synthesis or availability of the oxime ester compound represented by formula (a2), or the ease of adjusting the characteristics of the oxime ester compound by selecting R a2 and R a3 , as CR in formula (a2) , preferably a group represented by formula (a2a).

於作為式(a2)中之CR的式(a2a)或式(a2b)所表示之基中,Ra1 為氫原子、硝基或1價有機基。Ra1 鍵結於式(a2a)或式(a2b)中之縮合環上之與鍵結於-(CO)n2 -所表示之基上之芳香環不同的6員芳香環。Ra1 於式(a2a)或式(a2b)中之鍵結位置並無特別限定。於式(a2)所表示之化合物具有1個以上之Ra1 之情形時,就式(a2)所表示之化合物之易合成性等而言,較佳為1個以上之Ra1 中之1個鍵結於下述式(a2a-1)、及式(a2b-1): [化29]

Figure 02_image057
所表示之結構中之*所示之位置。於Ra1 為複數個之情形時,複數個Ra1 可相同亦可不同。In the group represented by formula (a2a) or formula (a2b) which is CR in formula (a2), R a1 is a hydrogen atom, a nitro group or a monovalent organic group. R a1 is a 6-membered aromatic ring that is bonded to the condensed ring in formula (a2a) or formula (a2b) and is different from the aromatic ring bonded to the group represented by -(CO) n2- . The bonding position of R a1 in formula (a2a) or formula (a2b) is not particularly limited. When the compound represented by the formula (a2) has one or more R a1 , in terms of the ease of synthesis of the compound represented by the formula (a2), etc., it is preferably one of the more than one R a1 Bonded to the following formula (a2a-1) and formula (a2b-1): [Chemical 29]
Figure 02_image057
The position indicated by * in the structure indicated. When R a1 is plural, the plural R a1 may be the same or different.

於Ra1 為有機基之情形時,Ra1 於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無特別限定,可自各種有機基中適當選擇。作為Ra1 為有機基之情形時之適宜例,可列舉:烷基、烷氧基、環烷基、環烷氧基、飽和脂肪族醯基、飽和脂肪族醯氧基、烷氧基羰基、可具有取代基之苯基、可具有取代基之苯氧基、可具有取代基之苯甲醯基、可具有取代基之苯氧基羰基、可具有取代基之苯甲醯氧基、可具有取代基之苯基烷基、可具有取代基之萘基、可具有取代基之萘氧基、可具有取代基之萘甲醯基、可具有取代基之萘氧基羰基、可具有取代基之萘甲醯氧基、可具有取代基之萘基烷基、可具有取代基之雜環基、可具有取代基之雜環基羰基、經1個或2個有機基取代之胺基、𠰌啉-1-基、及哌𠯤-1-基等。When R a1 is an organic group, R a1 is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the object of the present invention, and can be appropriately selected from various organic groups. Suitable examples when R a1 is an organic group include alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkoxy, saturated aliphatic acyl, saturated aliphatic acyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, Optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted phenoxy, optionally substituted benzoyl, optionally substituted phenoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted benzoyloxy, optionally substituted Substituent phenylalkyl, optionally substituted naphthyl, optionally substituted naphthyloxy, optionally substituted naphthoyl, optionally substituted naphthyloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted Naphthyloxyl group, naphthylalkyl group which may have substituent, heterocyclic group which may have substituent, heterocyclic carbonyl group which may have substituent, amino group substituted with one or two organic groups, thioline -1-yl, and piper-1-yl, etc.

於Ra1 為烷基之情形時,烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上且20以下,更佳為1以上且6以下。又,於Ra1 為烷基之情形時,可為直鏈亦可為支鏈。作為Ra1 為烷基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、異戊基、第二戊基、第三戊基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、異辛基、第二辛基、第三辛基、正壬基、異壬基、正癸基、及異癸基等。又,於Ra1 為烷基之情形時,烷基可於碳鏈中包含醚鍵(-O-)。作為碳鏈中具有醚鍵之烷基之例,可列舉:甲氧基乙基、乙氧基乙基、甲氧基乙氧基乙基、乙氧基乙氧基乙基、丙氧基乙氧基乙基、及甲氧基丙基等。When R a1 is an alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 6. Also, when R a1 is an alkyl group, it may be a straight chain or a branched chain. Specific examples of the case where R a1 is an alkyl group include: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, second-butyl, third-butyl, n-pentyl Base, isopentyl, second pentyl, third pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, second octyl, third octyl, n-nonyl, isononyl, n- Decyl, and isodecyl, etc. Also, when R a1 is an alkyl group, the alkyl group may include an ether bond (-O-) in the carbon chain. Examples of alkyl groups having an ether bond in the carbon chain include: methoxyethyl, ethoxyethyl, methoxyethoxyethyl, ethoxyethoxyethyl, propoxyethyl Oxyethyl, and methoxypropyl etc.

於Ra1 為烷氧基之情形時,烷氧基之碳原子數較佳為1以上且20以下,更佳為1以上且6以下。又,於Ra1 為烷氧基之情形時,可為直鏈亦可為支鏈。作為Ra1 為烷氧基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異丙氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、正戊氧基、異戊氧基、第二戊氧基、第三戊氧基、正己氧基、正庚氧基、正辛氧基、異辛氧基、第二辛氧基、第三辛氧基、正壬氧基、異壬氧基、正癸氧基、及異癸氧基等。又,於Ra1 為烷氧基之情形時,烷氧基可於碳鏈中包含醚鍵(-O-)。作為碳鏈中具有醚鍵之烷氧基之例,可列舉:甲氧基乙氧基、乙氧基乙氧基、甲氧基乙氧基乙氧基、乙氧基乙氧基乙氧基、丙氧基乙氧基乙氧基、及甲氧基丙氧基等。When R a1 is an alkoxy group, the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 6. Also, when R a1 is an alkoxy group, it may be a straight chain or a branched chain. Specific examples of the case where R a1 is an alkoxy group include: methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, second butoxy , the third butoxyl, n-pentyloxy, isopentyloxy, second pentyloxy, third pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, n-heptyloxy, n-octyloxy, isooctyloxy, second Octyloxy, tertiary octyloxy, n-nonyloxy, isononyloxy, n-decyloxy, and isodecyloxy, etc. Also, when R a1 is an alkoxy group, the alkoxy group may include an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain. Examples of alkoxy groups having an ether bond in the carbon chain include: methoxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxy, methoxyethoxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxyethoxy , propoxyethoxyethoxy, and methoxypropoxy, etc.

於Ra1 為環烷基或環烷氧基之情形時,環烷基或環烷氧基之碳原子數較佳為3以上且10以下,更佳為3以上且6以下。作為Ra1 為環烷基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、及環辛基等。作為Ra1 為環烷氧基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環庚氧基、及環辛氧基等。When R a1 is a cycloalkyl group or a cycloalkoxy group, the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group or cycloalkoxy group is preferably from 3 to 10, more preferably from 3 to 6. Specific examples of the case where R a1 is a cycloalkyl group include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Specific examples of the case where R a1 is a cycloalkoxy group include cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cycloheptyloxy, and cyclooctyloxy.

於Ra1 為飽和脂肪族醯基或飽和脂肪族醯氧基之情形時,飽和脂肪族醯基或飽和脂肪族醯氧基之碳原子數較佳為2以上且21以下,更佳為2以上且7以下。作為Ra1 為飽和脂肪族醯基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:乙醯基、丙醯基、正丁醯基、2-甲基丙醯基、正戊醯基、2,2-二甲基丙醯基、正己醯基、正庚醯基、正辛醯基、正壬醯基、正癸醯基、正十一碳醯基、正十二碳醯基、正十三碳醯基、正十四碳醯基、正十五碳醯基、及正十六碳醯基等。作為Ra1 為飽和脂肪族醯氧基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:乙醯氧基、丙醯氧基、正丁醯氧基、2-甲基丙醯氧基、正戊醯氧基、2,2-二甲基丙醯氧基、正己醯氧基、正庚醯氧基、正辛醯氧基、正壬醯氧基、正癸醯氧基、正十一碳醯氧基、正十二碳醯氧基、正十三碳醯氧基、正十四碳醯氧基、正十五碳醯氧基、及正十六碳醯氧基等。When R a1 is a saturated aliphatic acyl group or a saturated aliphatic acyloxy group, the number of carbon atoms in the saturated aliphatic acyl group or a saturated aliphatic acyloxy group is preferably 2 or more and 21 or less, more preferably 2 or more And 7 or less. Specific examples of the case where R a1 is a saturated aliphatic acyl group include acetyl, acryl, n-butyryl, 2-methylacryl, n-pentyl, and 2,2-dimethyl Propyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, n-undecyl, n-dodecyl, n-tridecyl, n-tetradecyl Carbonyl, n-pentadecanyl, and n-hexadecanyl, etc. Specific examples of the case where R a1 is a saturated aliphatic oxy group include: acetyloxy, propionyloxy, n-butyryloxy, 2-methylacryloxy, n-pentyloxy , 2,2-Dimethylpropionyloxy, n-hexyloxy, n-heptyloxy, n-octyloxy, n-nonyloxy, n-decyloxy, n-undecyloxy, n-dodecyloxy, n-tridecyloxy, n-tetradecyloxy, n-pentadedecyloxy, n-hexadecanyloxy, and the like.

於Ra1 為烷氧基羰基之情形時,烷氧基羰基之碳原子數較佳為2以上且20以下,更佳為2以上且7以下。作為Ra1 為烷氧基羰基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、正丙氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、正丁氧基羰基、異丁氧基羰基、第二丁氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基、正戊氧基羰基、異戊氧基羰基、第二戊氧基羰基、第三戊氧基羰基、正己氧基羰基、正庚氧基羰基、正辛氧基羰基、異辛氧基羰基、第二辛氧基羰基、第三辛氧基羰基、正壬氧基羰基、異壬氧基羰基、正癸氧基羰基、及異癸氧基羰基等。When R a1 is an alkoxycarbonyl group, the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably from 2 to 20, more preferably from 2 to 7. Specific examples of the case where R a1 is an alkoxycarbonyl group include: methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, n-propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, n-butoxycarbonyl, isobutoxy Carbonyl, second butoxycarbonyl, third butoxycarbonyl, n-pentyloxycarbonyl, isopentyloxycarbonyl, second pentyloxycarbonyl, third pentyloxycarbonyl, n-hexyloxycarbonyl, n-heptyloxy octylcarbonyl, n-octyloxycarbonyl, isooctyloxycarbonyl, second octyloxycarbonyl, third octyloxycarbonyl, n-nonyloxycarbonyl, isononyloxycarbonyl, n-decyloxycarbonyl, and isodecyl Oxycarbonyl etc.

於Ra1 為苯基烷基之情形時,苯基烷基之碳原子數較佳為7以上且20以下,更佳為7以上且10以下。又,於Ra1 為萘基烷基之情形時,萘基烷基之碳原子數較佳為11以上且20以下,更佳為11以上且14以下。作為Ra1 為苯基烷基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:苄基、2-苯基乙基、3-苯基丙基、及4-苯基丁基。作為Ra1 為萘基烷基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:α-萘基甲基、β-萘基甲基、2-(α-萘基)乙基、及2-(β-萘基)乙基。於Ra1 為苯基烷基或萘基烷基之情形時,Ra1 可於苯基或萘基上進而具有取代基。When R a1 is a phenylalkyl group, the number of carbon atoms in the phenylalkyl group is preferably from 7 to 20, more preferably from 7 to 10. Also, when R a1 is naphthylalkyl, the number of carbon atoms in the naphthylalkyl is preferably from 11 to 20, more preferably from 11 to 14. Specific examples of the case where R a1 is phenylalkyl include benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, and 4-phenylbutyl. Specific examples of the case where R a1 is naphthylalkyl include: α-naphthylmethyl, β-naphthylmethyl, 2-(α-naphthyl)ethyl, and 2-(β-naphthyl) base) ethyl. When R a1 is phenylalkyl or naphthylalkyl, R a1 may further have a substituent on phenyl or naphthyl.

於Ra1 為雜環基之情形時,雜環基為包含1個以上之N、S、O之5員或6員單環,或者為該由單環彼此、或由該單環與苯環縮合而成之雜環基。於雜環基為縮合環之情形時,環數至多為3。雜環基可為芳香族基(雜芳基),亦可為非芳香族基。作為構成該雜環基之雜環,可列舉:呋喃、噻吩、吡咯、㗁唑、異㗁唑、噻唑、噻二唑、異噻唑、咪唑、吡唑、三唑、吡啶、吡𠯤、嘧啶、嗒𠯤、苯并呋喃、苯并噻吩、吲哚、異吲哚、吲哚𠯤、苯并咪唑、苯并三唑、苯并㗁唑、苯并噻唑、咔唑、嘌呤、喹啉、異喹啉、喹唑啉、酞𠯤、㖕啉、喹㗁啉、哌啶、哌𠯤、𠰌啉、哌啶、四氫吡喃、及四氫呋喃等。於Ra1 為雜環基之情形時,雜環基可進而具有取代基。When R a1 is a heterocyclic group, the heterocyclic group is a 5-membered or 6-membered monocyclic ring containing more than one N, S, O, or a monocyclic ring formed by each other, or a monocyclic ring and a benzene ring. The heterocyclic group formed by condensation. When the heterocyclic group is a condensed ring, the number of rings is at most 3. The heterocyclic group may be an aromatic group (heteroaryl group) or a non-aromatic group. As the heterocycle constituting the heterocyclic group, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, pyridine, pyrrole, pyrimidine, Catalyst, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, isoindole, indole, benzimidazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, carbazole, purine, quinoline, isoquinone phylloline, quinazoline, phthaloline, phenoline, quinoline, piperidine, piperidine, phenoline, piperidine, tetrahydropyran, and tetrahydrofuran, etc. When R a1 is a heterocyclic group, the heterocyclic group may further have a substituent.

於Ra1 為雜環基羰基之情形時,雜環基羰基所含之雜環基與Ra1 為雜環基之情形時相同。When R a1 is a heterocyclylcarbonyl group, the heterocyclic group contained in the heterocyclylcarbonyl group is the same as when R a1 is a heterocyclic group.

於Ra1 為經1個或2個有機基取代之胺基之情形時,作為有機基之適宜例,可列舉:碳原子數1以上且20以下之烷基、碳原子數3以上且10以下之環烷基、碳原子數2以上且21以下之飽和脂肪族醯基、可具有取代基之苯基、可具有取代基之苯甲醯基、可具有取代基之碳原子數7以上且20以下之苯基烷基、可具有取代基之萘基、可具有取代基之萘甲醯基、可具有取代基之碳原子數11以上且20以下之萘基烷基、及雜環基等。該等適宜之有機基之具體例與Ra1 相同。作為經1個或2個有機基取代之胺基之具體例,可列舉:甲基胺基、乙基胺基、二乙胺基、正丙基胺基、二正丙胺基、異丙基胺基、正丁基胺基、二正丁胺基、正戊基胺基、正己基胺基、正庚基胺基、正辛基胺基、正壬基胺基、正癸基胺基、苯基胺基、萘基胺基、乙醯基胺基、丙醯基胺基、正丁醯基胺基、正戊醯基胺基、正己醯基胺基、正庚醯基胺基、正辛醯基胺基、正癸醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基、α-萘甲醯基胺基、及β-萘甲醯基胺基等。When R a1 is an amino group substituted with one or two organic groups, suitable examples of the organic group include: an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms Cycloalkyl groups, saturated aliphatic acyl groups with 2 to 21 carbon atoms, phenyl groups that may have substituents, benzoyl groups that may have substituents, and benzoyl groups that may have substituents with 7 to 20 carbon atoms The following phenylalkyl groups, naphthyl groups which may have substituents, naphthoyl groups which may have substituents, naphthylalkyl groups which may have substituents and have 11 to 20 carbon atoms, heterocyclic groups, etc. Specific examples of such suitable organic groups are the same as for R a1 . Specific examples of amino groups substituted with one or two organic groups include: methylamino group, ethylamino group, diethylamino group, n-propylamine group, di-n-propylamino group, isopropylamine group group, n-butylamino group, di-n-butylamino group, n-pentylamino group, n-hexylamino group, n-heptylamino group, n-octylamino group, n-nonylamino group, n-decylamino group, benzene Nylamine, naphthylamine, acetylamino, propionylamine, n-butyrylamine, n-pentylamine, n-hexylamine, n-heptylamine, n-octylamine , n-decylamine, benzoylamine, α-naphthylamine, and β-naphthylamine, etc.

作為Ra1 所含之苯基、萘基及雜環基進而具有取代基之情形時之取代基,可列舉:碳原子數1以上且6以下之烷基、碳原子數1以上且6以下之烷氧基、碳原子數2以上且7以下之飽和脂肪族醯基、碳原子數2以上且7以下之烷氧基羰基、碳原子數2以上且7以下之飽和脂肪族醯氧基、具有碳原子數1以上且6以下之烷基之單烷基胺基、具有碳原子數1以上且6以下之烷基之二烷基胺基、𠰌啉-1-基、哌𠯤-1-基、鹵素、硝基、及氰基等。於Ra1 所含之苯基、萘基及雜環基進而具有取代基之情形時,該取代基之數量於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無限定,較佳為1以上且4以下。於Ra1 所含之苯基、萘基及雜環基具有複數個取代基之情形時,複數個取代基可相同亦可不同。Examples of substituents when the phenyl, naphthyl, and heterocyclic groups contained in R a1 further have substituents include alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Alkoxy, saturated aliphatic acyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, saturated aliphatic acyloxy group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, Monoalkylamino group having an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, dialkylamino group having an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, oxalin-1-yl, piperyl-1-yl , halogen, nitro, and cyano, etc. When the phenyl, naphthyl and heterocyclic groups contained in R a1 further have substituents, the number of the substituents is not limited as long as the object of the present invention is not impaired, but is preferably 1 or more and 4 or less. When the phenyl, naphthyl and heterocyclic groups contained in R a1 have multiple substituents, the multiple substituents may be the same or different.

以上說明之基之中,若Ra1 為硝基或Ra6 -CO-所表示之基,則有感度提高之傾向,從而較佳。Ra6 於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無特別限定,可自各種有機基中選擇。關於適宜作為Ra6 之基之例,可列舉:碳原子數1以上且20以下之烷基、可具有取代基之苯基、可具有取代基之萘基、及可具有取代基之雜環基。作為Ra6 ,於該等基之中,尤佳為2-甲基苯基、噻吩-2-基、及α-萘基。 又,若Ra1 為氫原子,則有透明性良好之傾向,從而較佳。再者,若Ra1 為氫原子且Ra3 為下述式(a2-a)或(a2-b)所表示之基,則有透明性更良好之傾向。Among the groups described above, when R a1 is a group represented by nitro or R a6 -CO-, the sensitivity tends to be improved, which is preferable. R a6 is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the object of the present invention, and can be selected from various organic groups. Examples of the group suitable as R a6 include: an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a phenyl group that may have a substituent, a naphthyl group that may have a substituent, and a heterocyclic group that may have a substituent . Among these groups, R a6 is particularly preferably 2-methylphenyl, thien-2-yl, and α-naphthyl. Moreover, when R a1 is a hydrogen atom, since transparency tends to be favorable, it is preferable. Furthermore, when R a1 is a hydrogen atom and R a3 is a group represented by the following formula (a2-a) or (a2-b), there exists a tendency for transparency to be more favorable.

式(a2a)中,Ra2 及Ra3 分別為可具有取代基之鏈狀烷基、可具有取代基之鏈狀烷氧基、可具有取代基之環狀有機基、或氫原子。Ra2 與Ra3 亦可相互鍵結而形成環。該等基之中,Ra2 及Ra3 較佳為可具有取代基之鏈狀烷基。於Ra2 及Ra3 為可具有取代基之鏈狀烷基之情形時,鏈狀烷基可為直鏈烷基亦可為支鏈烷基。In formula (a2a), R a2 and R a3 are respectively a chain alkyl group which may have a substituent, a chain alkoxy group which may have a substituent, a cyclic organic group which may have a substituent, or a hydrogen atom. R a2 and R a3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Among these groups, R a2 and R a3 are preferably chain alkyl groups which may have substituents. When R a2 and R a3 are chain alkyl groups which may have substituents, the chain alkyl groups may be linear or branched.

於Ra2 及Ra3 為不具有取代基之鏈狀烷基之情形時,鏈狀烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上且20以下,更佳為1以上且10以下,尤佳為1以上且6以下。作為Ra2 及Ra3 為鏈狀烷基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、異戊基、第二戊基、第三戊基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、異辛基、第二辛基、第三辛基、正壬基、異壬基、正癸基、及異癸基等。又,於Ra2 及Ra3 為烷基之情形時,烷基可於碳鏈中包含醚鍵(-O-)。作為碳鏈中具有醚鍵之烷基之例,可列舉:甲氧基乙基、乙氧基乙基、甲氧基乙氧基乙基、乙氧基乙氧基乙基、丙氧基乙氧基乙基、及甲氧基丙基等。When R a2 and R a3 are chained alkyl groups without substituents, the number of carbon atoms in the chained alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 10, especially preferably 1 Above and below 6. Specific examples of the case where R a2 and R a3 are chain alkyl groups include: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, second butyl, third Butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, second pentyl, third pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, second octyl, third octyl, n-nonyl, Isononyl, n-decyl, and isodecyl, etc. Moreover, when R a2 and R a3 are an alkyl group, the alkyl group may include an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain. Examples of alkyl groups having an ether bond in the carbon chain include: methoxyethyl, ethoxyethyl, methoxyethoxyethyl, ethoxyethoxyethyl, propoxyethyl Oxyethyl, and methoxypropyl etc.

於Ra2 及Ra3 為具有取代基之鏈狀烷基之情形時,鏈狀烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上且20以下,更佳為1以上且10以下,尤佳為1以上且6以下。於該情形時,鏈狀烷基之碳原子數不包括取代基之碳原子數。具有取代基之鏈狀烷基較佳為直鏈狀。 烷基可具有之取代基於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無特別限定。作為取代基之適宜例,可列舉:氰基、鹵素原子、環狀有機基、及烷氧基羰基。作為鹵素原子,可列舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。該等之中,較佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子。作為環狀有機基,可列舉:環烷基、芳香族烴基、雜環基。作為環烷基之具體例,與Ra1 為環烷基之情形時之適宜例相同。作為芳香族烴基之具體例,可列舉:苯基、萘基、聯苯基、蒽基、及菲基等。作為雜環基之具體例,與Ra1 為雜環基之情形時之適宜例相同。於Ra1 為烷氧基羰基之情形時,烷氧基羰基所含之烷氧基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀,較佳為直鏈狀。烷氧基羰基所含之烷氧基之碳原子數較佳為1以上且10以下,更佳為1以上且6以下。When R a2 and R a3 are chained alkyl groups having substituents, the number of carbon atoms in the chained alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 10, and especially preferably from 1 to 10. And 6 or less. In this case, the carbon number of the chain alkyl group does not include the carbon number of the substituent. The linear alkyl group having a substituent is preferably linear. The substitution which an alkyl group may have is not specifically limited in the range which does not impair the objective of this invention. Suitable examples of the substituent include a cyano group, a halogen atom, a cyclic organic group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group. As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned. Among these, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom are preferable. As a cyclic organic group, a cycloalkyl group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and a heterocyclic group are mentioned. Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group are the same as suitable examples when R a1 is a cycloalkyl group. Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, anthracenyl, and phenanthrenyl. Specific examples of the heterocyclic group are the same as suitable examples when R a1 is a heterocyclic group. When R a1 is an alkoxycarbonyl group, the alkoxy group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group may be linear or branched, preferably linear. The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6.

於鏈狀烷基具有取代基之情形時,取代基之數量無特別限定。取代基之較佳數量根據鏈狀烷基之碳原子數而變化。取代基之數量典型而言為1以上且20以下,較佳為1以上且10以下,更佳為1以上且6以下。When the chain alkyl group has a substituent, the number of substituents is not particularly limited. The preferred number of substituents varies depending on the number of carbon atoms in the chain alkyl group. The number of substituents is typically 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6 inclusive.

於Ra2 及Ra3 為不具有取代基之鏈狀烷氧基之情形時,鏈狀烷氧基之碳原子數較佳為1以上且20以下,更佳為1以上且10以下,尤佳為1以上且6以下。作為Ra2 及Ra3 為鏈狀烷氧基之情形時之具體例,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、正丙氧基、異丙氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、正戊氧基、異戊氧基、第二戊氧基、第三戊氧基、正己氧基、正庚氧基、正辛氧基、異辛氧基、第二辛氧基、第三辛氧基、正壬氧基、異壬氧基、正癸氧基、及異癸氧基等。又,於Ra2 及Ra3 為烷氧基之情形時,烷氧基可於碳鏈中包含醚鍵(-O-)。作為碳鏈中具有醚鍵之烷氧基之例,可列舉:甲氧基乙氧基、乙氧基乙氧基、甲氧基乙氧基乙氧基、乙氧基乙氧基乙氧基、丙氧基乙氧基乙氧基、及甲氧基丙氧基等。 於Ra2 及Ra3 為具有取代基之鏈狀烷氧基之情形時,烷氧基可具有之取代基與Ra2 及Ra3 為鏈狀烷基之情形時相同。When R a2 and R a3 are chain alkoxy groups without substituents, the number of carbon atoms in the chain alkoxy group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 10, especially preferably 1 or more and 6 or less. Specific examples of the case where R a2 and R a3 are chain alkoxy groups include: methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, Second butoxy, third butoxy, n-pentoxy, isopentyloxy, second pentyloxy, third pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, n-heptyloxy, n-octyloxy, isooctyl oxy, 2nd octyloxy, tertiary octyloxy, n-nonyloxy, isononyloxy, n-decyloxy, isodecyloxy and the like. Also, when R a2 and R a3 are alkoxy groups, the alkoxy groups may include an ether bond (—O—) in the carbon chain. Examples of alkoxy groups having an ether bond in the carbon chain include: methoxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxy, methoxyethoxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxyethoxy , propoxyethoxyethoxy, and methoxypropoxy, etc. When R a2 and R a3 are chain alkoxy groups having substituents, the substituents that alkoxy groups may have are the same as when R a2 and R a3 are chain alkyl groups.

於Ra2 及Ra3 為環狀有機基之情形時,環狀有機基可為脂環式基,亦可為芳香族基。作為環狀有機基,可列舉:脂肪族環狀烴基、芳香族烴基、雜環基。於Ra2 及Ra3 為環狀有機基之情形時,環狀有機基可具有之取代基與Ra2 及Ra3 為鏈狀烷基之情形時相同。When R a2 and R a3 are cyclic organic groups, the cyclic organic groups may be alicyclic groups or aromatic groups. Examples of the cyclic organic group include aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon groups, and heterocyclic groups. When R a2 and R a3 are cyclic organic groups, the substituents that the cyclic organic group may have are the same as when R a2 and R a3 are chain alkyl groups.

於Ra2 及Ra3 為芳香族烴基之情形時,芳香族烴基較佳為苯基、或複數個苯環經由碳-碳鍵進行鍵結所形成之基、或複數個苯環進行縮合所形成之基。於芳香族烴基為苯基、或為複數個苯環進行鍵結或縮合所形成之基之情形時,芳香族烴基所含之苯環之環數並無特別限定,較佳為3以下,更佳為2以下,尤佳為1。作為芳香族烴基之較佳之具體例,可列舉:苯基、萘基、聯苯基、蒽基、及菲基等。When R a2 and R a3 are aromatic hydrocarbon groups, the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably a phenyl group, or a group formed by bonding a plurality of benzene rings through a carbon-carbon bond, or a group formed by condensation of a plurality of benzene rings foundation. When the aromatic hydrocarbon group is a phenyl group, or a group formed by bonding or condensing a plurality of benzene rings, the number of benzene rings contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, preferably 3 or less, more preferably The preferred value is 2 or less, and the preferred value is 1. Preferable specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, anthracenyl, and phenanthrenyl.

於Ra2 及Ra3 為脂肪族環狀烴基之情形時,脂肪族環狀烴基可為單環式,亦可為多環式。脂肪族環狀烴基之碳原子數無特別限定,較佳為3以上且20以下,更佳為3以上且10以下。作為單環式之環狀烴基之例,可列舉:環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、環辛基、降𦯉基、異𦯉基、三環壬基、三環癸基、四環十二烷基、及金剛烷基等。When R a2 and R a3 are aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon groups, the aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon groups may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 3 to 20, more preferably from 3 to 10. Examples of the monocyclic cyclic hydrocarbon group include: cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, northyl, isothyl, tricyclononyl, Tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecyl, and adamantyl, etc.

於Ra2 及Ra3 為雜環基之情形時,雜環基為包含1個以上之N、S、O之5員或6員單環,或者為該由單環彼此、或由該單環與苯環縮合而成之雜環基。於雜環基為縮合環之情形時,環數至多為3。雜環基可為芳香族基(雜芳基),亦可為非芳香族基。作為構成該雜環基之雜環,可列舉:呋喃、噻吩、吡咯、㗁唑、異㗁唑、噻唑、噻二唑、異噻唑、咪唑、吡唑、三唑、吡啶、吡𠯤、嘧啶、嗒𠯤、苯并呋喃、苯并噻吩、吲哚、異吲哚、吲哚𠯤、苯并咪唑、苯并三唑、苯并㗁唑、苯并噻唑、咔唑、嘌呤、喹啉、異喹啉、喹唑啉、酞𠯤、㖕啉、喹㗁啉、哌啶、哌𠯤、𠰌啉、哌啶、四氫吡喃、及四氫呋喃等。When R a2 and R a3 are heterocyclic groups, the heterocyclic groups are 5-membered or 6-membered monocyclic rings containing more than one N, S, and O, or between the monocyclic rings, or from the monocyclic rings. A heterocyclic group condensed with a benzene ring. When the heterocyclic group is a condensed ring, the number of rings is at most 3. The heterocyclic group may be an aromatic group (heteroaryl group) or a non-aromatic group. As the heterocycle constituting the heterocyclic group, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, pyridine, pyrrole, pyrimidine, Catalyst, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, isoindole, indole, benzimidazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, carbazole, purine, quinoline, isoquinone phylloline, quinazoline, phthaloline, phenoline, quinoline, piperidine, piperidine, phenoline, piperidine, tetrahydropyran, and tetrahydrofuran, etc.

Ra2 及Ra3 亦可相互鍵結而形成環。包含由Ra2 及Ra3 所形成之環之基較佳為亞環烷基。於Ra2 及Ra3 鍵結而形成亞環烷基之情形時,構成亞環烷基之環較佳為5員環~6員環,更佳為5員環。R a2 and R a3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The group comprising a ring formed by R a2 and R a3 is preferably a cycloalkylene group. When R a2 and R a3 are bonded to form a cycloalkylene group, the ring constituting the cycloalkylene group is preferably a 5-6-membered ring, more preferably a 5-membered ring.

於Ra2 及Ra3 鍵結所形成之基為亞環烷基之情形時,亞環烷基亦可與1個以上之其他環進行縮合。作為可與亞環烷基縮合之環之例,可列舉:苯環、萘環、環丁烷環、環戊烷環、環己烷環、環庚烷環、環辛烷環、呋喃環、噻吩環、吡咯環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、及嘧啶環等。When the group formed by the bonding of R a2 and R a3 is a cycloalkylene group, the cycloalkylene group may be condensed with one or more other rings. Examples of the ring that can be condensed with the cycloalkylene ring include: benzene ring, naphthalene ring, cyclobutane ring, cyclopentane ring, cyclohexane ring, cycloheptane ring, cyclooctane ring, furan ring, Thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrimidine ring, etc.

以上說明之Ra2 及Ra3 之中,作為適宜之基之例,可列舉式-A1 -A2 所表示之基。式中,作為A1 ,可列舉直鏈伸烷基,作為A2 ,可列舉烷氧基、氰基、鹵素原子、鹵化烷基、環狀有機基、或烷氧基羰基。Among R a2 and R a3 described above, examples of suitable groups include groups represented by formulas -A 1 -A 2 . In the formula, examples of A 1 include linear alkylene groups, and examples of A 2 include alkoxy groups, cyano groups, halogen atoms, halogenated alkyl groups, cyclic organic groups, or alkoxycarbonyl groups.

作為A1 之直鏈伸烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上且10以下,更佳為1以上且6以下。於A2 為烷氧基之情形時,烷氧基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀,較佳為直鏈狀。烷氧基之碳原子數較佳為1以上且10以下,更佳為1以上且6以下。於A2 為鹵素原子之情形時,較佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子,更佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子。於A2 為鹵化烷基之情形時,鹵化烷基所含之鹵素原子較佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子,更佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子。鹵化烷基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀,較佳為直鏈狀。於A2 為環狀有機基之情形時,環狀有機基之例與Ra2 及Ra3 所具有之作為取代基之環狀有機基相同。於A2 為烷氧基羰基之情形時,烷氧基羰基之例與Ra2 及Ra3 所具有之作為取代基之烷氧基羰基相同。The number of carbon atoms in the linear alkylene group of A 1 is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6. When A 2 is an alkoxy group, the alkoxy group may be linear or branched, preferably linear. The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6. When A2 is a halogen atom, it is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom. When A2 is a halogenated alkyl group, the halogen atom contained in the halogenated alkyl group is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom. The halogenated alkyl group may be linear or branched, preferably linear. When A2 is a cyclic organic group, examples of the cyclic organic group are the same as the cyclic organic groups that R a2 and R a3 have as substituents. When A 2 is an alkoxycarbonyl group, examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group are the same as the alkoxycarbonyl groups that R a2 and R a3 have as substituents.

作為Ra2 及Ra3 之適宜之具體例,可列舉:乙基、正丙基、正丁基、正己基、正庚基、及正辛基等烷基;2-甲氧基乙基、3-甲氧基正丙基、4-甲氧基正丁基、5-甲氧基正戊基、6-甲氧基正己基、7-甲氧基正庚基、8-甲氧基正辛基、2-乙氧基乙基、3-乙氧基正丙基、4-乙氧基正丁基、5-乙氧基正戊基、6-乙氧基正己基、7-乙氧基正庚基、及8-乙氧基正辛基等烷氧基烷基;2-氰基乙基、3-氰基正丙基、4-氰基正丁基、5-氰基正戊基、6-氰基正己基、7-氰基正庚基、及8-氰基正辛基等氰基烷基;2-苯基乙基、3-苯基正丙基、4-苯基正丁基、5-苯基正戊基、6-苯基正己基、7-苯基正庚基、及8-苯基正辛基等苯基烷基;2-環己基乙基、3-環己基正丙基、4-環己基正丁基、5-環己基正戊基、6-環己基正己基、7-環己基正庚基、8-環己基正辛基、2-環戊基乙基、3-環戊基正丙基、4-環戊基正丁基、5-環戊基正戊基、6-環戊基正己基、7-環戊基正庚基、及8-環戊基正辛基等環烷基烷基;2-甲氧基羰基乙基、3-甲氧基羰基正丙基、4-甲氧基羰基正丁基、5-甲氧基羰基正戊基、6-甲氧基羰基正己基、7-甲氧基羰基正庚基、8-甲氧基羰基正辛基、2-乙氧基羰基乙基、3-乙氧基羰基正丙基、4-乙氧基羰基正丁基、5-乙氧基羰基正戊基、6-乙氧基羰基正己基、7-乙氧基羰基正庚基、及8-乙氧基羰基正辛基等烷氧基羰基烷基;2-氯乙基、3-氯正丙基、4-氯正丁基、5-氯正戊基、6-氯正己基、7-氯正庚基、8-氯正辛基、2-溴乙基、3-溴正丙基、4-溴正丁基、5-溴正戊基、6-溴正己基、7-溴正庚基、8-溴正辛基、3,3,3-三氟丙基、及3,3,4,4,5,5,5-七氟正戊基等鹵化烷基。Suitable specific examples of R a2 and R a3 include: alkyl groups such as ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and n-octyl; 2-methoxyethyl, 3 -Methoxy n-propyl, 4-methoxy n-butyl, 5-methoxy n-pentyl, 6-methoxy n-hexyl, 7-methoxy n-heptyl, 8-methoxy n-octyl Base, 2-ethoxyethyl, 3-ethoxy-n-propyl, 4-ethoxy-n-butyl, 5-ethoxy-n-pentyl, 6-ethoxy-n-hexyl, 7-ethoxy Alkoxyalkyl groups such as n-heptyl and 8-ethoxyn-octyl; 2-cyanoethyl, 3-cyano-n-propyl, 4-cyano-n-butyl, 5-cyano-n-pentyl , 6-cyano-n-hexyl, 7-cyano-n-heptyl, and 8-cyano-n-octyl and other cyanoalkyl groups; 2-phenylethyl, 3-phenyl-n-propyl, 4-phenyl-n- Butyl, 5-phenyl-n-pentyl, 6-phenyl-n-hexyl, 7-phenyl-n-heptyl, and 8-phenyl-n-octyl and other phenylalkyl groups; 2-cyclohexylethyl, 3-cyclo Hexyl n-propyl, 4-cyclohexyl n-butyl, 5-cyclohexyl n-pentyl, 6-cyclohexyl n-hexyl, 7-cyclohexyl n-heptyl, 8-cyclohexyl n-octyl, 2-cyclopentyl ethyl Base, 3-cyclopentyl n-propyl, 4-cyclopentyl n-butyl, 5-cyclopentyl n-pentyl, 6-cyclopentyl n-hexyl, 7-cyclopentyl n-heptyl, and 8-cyclopentyl n-heptyl Cycloalkylalkyl such as pentyl n-octyl; 2-methoxycarbonylethyl, 3-methoxycarbonyl n-propyl, 4-methoxycarbonyl n-butyl, 5-methoxycarbonyl n-pentyl , 6-methoxycarbonyl n-hexyl, 7-methoxycarbonyl n-heptyl, 8-methoxycarbonyl n-octyl, 2-ethoxycarbonyl ethyl, 3-ethoxycarbonyl n-propyl, 4 -ethoxycarbonyl n-butyl, 5-ethoxycarbonyl n-pentyl, 6-ethoxycarbonyl n-hexyl, 7-ethoxycarbonyl n-heptyl, and 8-ethoxycarbonyl n-octyl and other alkanes Oxycarbonylalkyl; 2-chloroethyl, 3-chloro-n-propyl, 4-chloro-n-butyl, 5-chloro-n-pentyl, 6-chloro-n-hexyl, 7-chloro-n-heptyl, 8-chloro-n- Octyl, 2-bromoethyl, 3-bromo-n-propyl, 4-bromo-n-butyl, 5-bromo-n-pentyl, 6-bromo-n-hexyl, 7-bromo-n-heptyl, 8-bromo-n-octyl, Halogenated alkyl groups such as 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl and 3,3,4,4,5,5,5-heptafluoro-n-pentyl.

作為Ra2 及Ra3 ,宜為上述基中之乙基、正丙基、正丁基、正戊基、2-甲氧基乙基、2-氰基乙基、2-苯基乙基、2-環己基乙基、2-甲氧基羰基乙基、2-氯乙基、2-溴乙基、3,3,3-三氟丙基、及3,3,4,4,5,5,5-七氟正戊基。R a2 and R a3 are preferably ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-pentyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-phenylethyl, 2-cyclohexylethyl, 2-methoxycarbonylethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 2-bromoethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, and 3,3,4,4,5, 5,5-Heptafluoro-n-pentyl.

關於作為Ra4 之適宜之有機基之例,與Ra1 同樣地,可列舉:烷基、烷氧基、環烷基、環烷氧基、飽和脂肪族醯基、烷氧基羰基、飽和脂肪族醯氧基、可具有取代基之苯基、可具有取代基之苯氧基、可具有取代基之苯甲醯基、可具有取代基之苯氧基羰基、可具有取代基之苯甲醯氧基、可具有取代基之苯基烷基、可具有取代基之萘基、可具有取代基之萘氧基、可具有取代基之萘甲醯基、可具有取代基之萘氧基羰基、可具有取代基之萘甲醯氧基、可具有取代基之萘基烷基、可具有取代基之雜環基、可具有取代基之雜環基羰基、經1個或2個有機基取代之胺基、𠰌啉-1-基、及哌𠯤-1-基等。該等基之具體例與針對Ra1 所說明者相同。又,作為Ra4 ,亦較佳為環烷基烷基、芳香環上可具有取代基之苯氧基烷基、芳香環上可具有取代基之苯硫基烷基。苯氧基烷基及苯硫基烷基可具有之取代基與Ra1 所含之苯基可具有之取代基相同。Examples of suitable organic groups for R a4 include, in the same manner as R a1 , alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, cycloalkoxy, saturated aliphatic acyl, alkoxycarbonyl, saturated aliphatic Cycloacyloxy group, phenyl group which may have substituent, phenoxy group which may have substituent, benzoyl group which may have substituent, phenoxycarbonyl group which may have substituent, benzoyl group which may have substituent Oxygen, optionally substituted phenylalkyl, optionally substituted naphthyl, optionally substituted naphthyloxy, optionally substituted naphthoyl, optionally substituted naphthyloxycarbonyl, Naphthyloxyl group which may have substituent, naphthylalkyl group which may have substituent, heterocyclic group which may have substituent, heterocyclic carbonyl group which may have substituent, substituted by one or two organic groups Amino group, 𠰌line-1-yl group, piper 𠯤-1-yl group, etc. Specific examples of these bases are the same as those described for R a1 . Also, R a4 is also preferably cycloalkylalkyl, phenoxyalkyl which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring, or phenylthioalkyl which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring. The optional substituents of the phenoxyalkyl group and the phenylthioalkyl group are the same as the optional substituents of the phenyl group included in R a1 .

有機基之中,作為Ra4 ,較佳為烷基、環烷基、可具有取代基之苯基、或環烷基烷基、芳香環上可具有取代基之苯硫基烷基。作為烷基,較佳為碳原子數1以上且20以下之烷基,更佳為碳原子數1以上且8以下之烷基,尤佳為碳原子數1以上且4以下之烷基,最佳為甲基。可具有取代基之苯基之中,較佳為甲基苯基,更佳為2-甲基苯基。環烷基烷基所含之環烷基之碳原子數較佳為5以上且10以下,更佳為5以上且8以下,尤佳為5或6。環烷基烷基所含之伸烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上且8以下,更佳為1以上且4以下,尤佳為2。環烷基烷基之中,較佳為環戊基乙基。芳香環上可具有取代基之苯硫基烷基所含之伸烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上且8以下,更佳為1以上且4以下,尤佳為2。芳香環上可具有取代基之苯硫基烷基之中,較佳為2-(4-氯苯硫基)乙基。Among the organic groups, R a4 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkylalkyl group, or a phenylthioalkyl group which may have a substituent on an aromatic ring. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and most preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Preferably methyl. Among the phenyl groups which may have a substituent, methylphenyl is preferred, and 2-methylphenyl is more preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group contained in the cycloalkylalkyl group is preferably from 5 to 10, more preferably from 5 to 8, particularly preferably 5 or 6. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group contained in the cycloalkylalkyl group is preferably from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 to 4, especially preferably 2. Among the cycloalkylalkyl groups, cyclopentylethyl is preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group contained in the thiophenylalkyl group which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring is preferably from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 to 4, especially preferably 2. Among the thiophenylalkyl groups which may have substituents on the aromatic ring, 2-(4-chlorophenylthio)ethyl is preferred.

又,作為Ra4 ,亦較佳為-A3 -CO-O-A4 所表示之基。A3 為2價有機基,較佳為2價烴基,較佳為伸烷基。A4 為1價有機基,較佳為1價烴基。Also, R a4 is also preferably a group represented by -A 3 -CO-OA 4 . A 3 is a divalent organic group, preferably a divalent hydrocarbon group, preferably an alkylene group. A 4 is a monovalent organic group, preferably a monovalent hydrocarbon group.

於A3 為伸烷基之情形時,伸烷基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀,較佳為直鏈狀。於A3 為伸烷基之情形時,伸烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上且10以下,更佳為1以上且6以下,尤佳為1以上且4以下。When A3 is an alkylene group, the alkylene group may be linear or branched, preferably linear. When A3 is an alkylene group, the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 6, even more preferably from 1 to 4.

作為A4 之適宜例,可列舉:碳原子數1以上且10以下之烷基、碳原子數3以上且10以下之環烷基、碳原子數4以上且10以下之環烷基烷基、碳原子數7以上且20以下之芳烷基、及碳原子數6以上且20以下之芳香族烴基。作為A4 之適宜之具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、正己基、苯基、萘基、苄基、苯乙基、α-萘基甲基、及β-萘基甲基等。Suitable examples of A4 include: an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylalkyl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms, An aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Suitable specific examples of A4 include: methyl, ethyl, n - propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, second-butyl, third-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl , phenyl, naphthyl, benzyl, phenethyl, α-naphthylmethyl, and β-naphthylmethyl, etc.

作為-A3 -CO-O-A4 所表示之基之適宜之具體例,可列舉:2-甲氧基羰基乙基、2-乙氧基羰基乙基、2-正丙氧基羰基乙基、2-正丁氧基羰基乙基、2-正戊氧基羰基乙基、2-正己氧基羰基乙基、2-苄氧基羰基乙基、2-苯氧基羰基乙基、3-甲氧基羰基正丙基、3-乙氧基羰基正丙基、3-正丙氧基羰基正丙基、3-正丁氧基羰基正丙基、3-正戊氧基羰基正丙基、3-正己氧基羰基正丙基、3-苄氧基羰基正丙基、及3-苯氧基羰基正丙基等。Specific examples of suitable groups represented by -A 3 -CO-OA 4 include: 2-methoxycarbonylethyl, 2-ethoxycarbonylethyl, 2-n-propoxycarbonylethyl, 2-n-butoxycarbonylethyl, 2-n-pentyloxycarbonylethyl, 2-n-hexyloxycarbonylethyl, 2-benzyloxycarbonylethyl, 2-phenoxycarbonylethyl, 3-methyl Oxycarbonyl n-propyl, 3-ethoxycarbonyl n-propyl, 3-n-propoxycarbonyl n-propyl, 3-n-butoxycarbonyl n-propyl, 3-n-pentyloxycarbonyl n-propyl, 3-n-hexyloxycarbonyl n-propyl, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl n-propyl, 3-phenoxycarbonyl n-propyl and the like.

以上對Ra4 進行了說明,作為Ra4 ,較佳為下述式(a2-a)或(a2-b)所表示之基。 [化30]

Figure 02_image059
(式(a2-a)及(a2-b)中,Ra7 及Ra8 分別為有機基,n3為0以上且4以下之整數,於Ra7 及Ra8 在苯環上處於鄰接位置之情形時,Ra7 與Ra8 亦可相互鍵結而形成環,n4為1以上且8以下之整數,n5為1以上且5以下之整數,n6為0以上且(n5+3)以下之整數,Ra9 為有機基)R a4 has been described above, but R a4 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (a2-a) or (a2-b). [chem 30]
Figure 02_image059
(In formulas (a2-a) and (a2-b), R a7 and R a8 are organic groups respectively, n3 is an integer between 0 and 4, and when R a7 and R a8 are adjacent to the benzene ring In this case, R a7 and R a8 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, n4 is an integer of 1 to 8, n5 is an integer of 1 to 5, n6 is an integer of 0 to (n5+3), R a9 for organic base)

式(c2-a)中之關於Ra7 及Ra8 之有機基之例與Ra1 相同。作為Ra7 ,較佳為烷基或苯基。於Ra7 為烷基之情形時,其碳原子數較佳為1以上且10以下,更佳為1以上且5以下,尤佳為1以上且3以下,最佳為1。即,Ra7 最佳為甲基。於Ra7 與Ra8 鍵結而形成環之情形時,該環可為芳香族環,亦可為脂肪族環。作為於Ra7 與Ra8 形成環時式(c2-a)所表示之基之適宜例,可列舉:萘-1-基、或1,2,3,4-四氫萘-5-基等。於上述式(c2-a)中,n3為0以上且4以下之整數,較佳為0或1,更佳為0。Examples of the organic groups of R a7 and R a8 in the formula (c2-a) are the same as those of R a1 . R a7 is preferably an alkyl group or a phenyl group. When R a7 is an alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5, especially preferably from 1 to 3, most preferably 1. That is, R a7 is preferably methyl. When R a7 and R a8 are bonded to form a ring, the ring may be an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring. Suitable examples of the group represented by the formula (c2-a) when R a7 and R a8 form a ring include: naphthalene-1-yl or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-5-yl, etc. . In the above formula (c2-a), n3 is an integer between 0 and 4, preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.

上述式(a2-b)中,Ra9 為有機基。作為有機基,可列舉與關於Ra1 所說明之有機基相同之基。有機基之中,較佳為烷基。烷基可為直鏈狀,亦可為支鏈狀。烷基之碳原子數較佳為1以上且10以下,更佳為1以上且5以下,尤佳為1以上且3以下。作為Ra9 ,可較佳例示:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基等,該等之中,更佳為甲基。In the above formula (a2-b), R a9 is an organic group. Examples of the organic group include the same ones as those described for R a1 . Among the organic groups, an alkyl group is preferred. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 5, even more preferably from 1 to 3. Preferred examples of R a9 include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, and butyl, among which methyl is more preferred.

上述式(a2-b)中,n5為1以上且5以下之整數,較佳為1以上且3以下之整數,更佳為1或2。上述式(a2-b)中,n6為0以上且(n5+3)以下,較佳為0以上且3以下之整數,更佳為0以上且2以下之整數,尤佳為0。上述式(a2-b)中,n4為1以上且8以下之整數,較佳為1以上且5以下之整數,更佳為1以上且3以下之整數,尤佳為1或2。In the above formula (a2-b), n5 is an integer of 1 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2. In the above formula (a2-b), n6 is an integer of 0 to (n5+3) inclusive, preferably an integer of 0 to 3, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, especially preferably 0. In the above formula (a2-b), n4 is an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, particularly preferably 1 or 2.

式(a2)中,Ra5 為氫原子、可具有取代基之碳原子數1以上且20以下之脂肪族烴基、或可具有取代基之芳基。作為Ra5 為脂肪族烴基之情形時可具有之取代基,可較佳地例示苯基、萘基等。又,作為Ra1 為芳基之情形時可具有之取代基,可較佳地例示碳原子數1以上且5以下之烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子等。In formula (a2), R a5 is a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted aryl group. As a substituent which R a5 may have when it is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. are illustrated preferably. In addition, as the substituent which R a1 may have when it is an aryl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, and the like are preferably exemplified.

式(a2)中,作為Ra5 ,可較佳例示:氫原子、甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、2-環戊基乙基、2-環丁基乙基、環己基甲基、苯基、苄基、甲基苯基、萘基等,該等之中,更佳為甲基或苯基。In formula (a2), as R a5 , preferably, hydrogen atom, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, 2-cyclopentylethyl, 2-cyclobutylethyl Among them, methyl or phenyl is more preferred.

作為式(a2)所表示之化合物之適宜之具體例,可列舉下述化合物。 [化31]

Figure 02_image061
Preferable specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (a2) include the following compounds. [chem 31]
Figure 02_image061

[化32]

Figure 02_image063
[chem 32]
Figure 02_image063

[化33]

Figure 02_image065
[chem 33]
Figure 02_image065

[化34]

Figure 02_image067
[chem 34]
Figure 02_image067

[化35]

Figure 02_image069
[chem 35]
Figure 02_image069

感光性組合物中之光聚合起始劑(A)之含量於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無特別限定。相對於感光性組合物之固形物成分之質量,光聚合起始劑(A)之含量較佳為0.1質量%以上且50質量%以下,更佳為0.3質量%以上且30質量%以下,尤佳為0.5質量%以上且20質量%以下。藉由使用該範圍內之量之光聚合起始劑(A),容易獲得藉由使用光聚合起始劑(A)所期望之效果,且不會損害硬化物之機械特性、耐溶劑性、耐化學品性等。Content of the photoinitiator (A) in a photosensitive composition is not specifically limited in the range which does not impair the object of this invention. The content of the photopolymerization initiator (A) is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably from 0.3% by mass to 30% by mass, with respect to the mass of the solid content of the photosensitive composition, especially Preferably, it is not less than 0.5% by mass and not more than 20% by mass. By using the photopolymerization initiator (A) in the amount within this range, the effect expected by using the photopolymerization initiator (A) can be easily obtained without impairing the mechanical properties, solvent resistance, Chemical resistance etc.

<聚合性基材成分(B)> 感光性組合物可進而包含聚合性基材成分(B)。聚合性基材成分(B)(以下亦記為「(B)成分」)係對感光性組合物賦予光聚合性與成膜能力之成分。聚合性基材成分(B)只要包含藉由光聚合起始劑(A)而能夠聚合之成分、且能夠製備可成膜之感光性組合物,則並無特別限定。聚合性基材成分(B)可單獨使用或將2種以上組合使用。<Polymerizable base material component (B)> The photosensitive composition may contain a polymerizable base material component (B) further. The polymerizable substrate component (B) (hereinafter also referred to as "component (B)") is a component that imparts photopolymerization and film-forming ability to the photosensitive composition. The polymerizable base material component (B) will not be specifically limited as long as it contains the component which can be polymerized by a photoinitiator (A), and can prepare the photosensitive composition which can form a film. The polymerizable base material component (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

聚合性基材成分(B)典型而言包含光聚合性化合物(B1)、或包含光聚合性化合物(B1)與樹脂(B2)。光聚合性化合物(B1)可為低分子化合物,亦可為高分子化合物。光聚合性化合物(B1)及樹脂(B2)分別可單獨使用或將2種以上組合使用。 光聚合性化合物(B1)與樹脂(B2)例如可藉由以下方式區別:將為1種或2種以上之單體化合物之聚合物且重量平均分子量為1000以上者作為樹脂(B2),將不相當於樹脂(B2)且具有光聚合性官能基之化合物作為光聚合性化合物(B1)。The polymerizable base material component (B) typically contains a photopolymerizable compound (B1), or contains a photopolymerizable compound (B1) and a resin (B2). The photopolymerizable compound (B1) may be a low-molecular compound or a high-molecular compound. The photopolymerizable compound (B1) and resin (B2) can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types, respectively. The photopolymerizable compound (B1) and the resin (B2) can be distinguished, for example, by the following method: the resin (B2) is a polymer of one or two or more monomer compounds and has a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more, and The compound which does not correspond to resin (B2) and has a photopolymerizable functional group is used as a photopolymerizable compound (B1).

就光聚合性之方面而言,聚合性基材成分(B)較佳為組合包含並非聚合物之低分子量之光聚合性化合物(B1)、與作為樹脂(B2)之含交聯性基之樹脂。 又,於聚合性基材成分(B)包含樹脂(B2)之情形時,就顯影性之觀點而言,樹脂(B2)較佳為包含鹼可溶性樹脂。鹼可溶性樹脂可包含交聯性基。包含交聯性基之(包含交聯性基作為結構單元中之取代基之)鹼可溶性樹脂就光聚合性與鹼性顯影性兩者之觀點而言較佳。In terms of photopolymerization, the polymerizable substrate component (B) is preferably a combination of a low-molecular-weight photopolymerizable compound (B1) that is not a polymer, and a crosslinkable group-containing resin (B2). resin. Moreover, when a polymeric base material component (B) contains resin (B2), it is preferable that resin (B2) contains alkali-soluble resin from a developable viewpoint. The alkali-soluble resin may contain a crosslinkable group. An alkali-soluble resin containing a crosslinkable group (containing a crosslinkable group as a substituent in a structural unit) is preferable from both viewpoints of photopolymerization and alkali developability.

以下,依序說明光聚合性化合物(B1)與樹脂(B2)。Hereinafter, the photopolymerizable compound (B1) and resin (B2) are demonstrated sequentially.

[光聚合性化合物(B1)] 作為感光性組合物所含有之光聚合性化合物(B1),可較佳地使用具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之化合物。作為該具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之化合物之適宜例,有單官能單體與多官能單體。[Photopolymerizable Compound (B1)] As the photopolymerizable compound (B1) contained in the photosensitive composition, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond can be preferably used. Suitable examples of the compound having such an ethylenically unsaturated double bond include monofunctional monomers and polyfunctional monomers.

作為單官能單體,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯醯胺、羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、甲氧基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、乙氧基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、丙氧基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、丁氧基甲氧基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸、反丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸酐、伊康酸、伊康酸酐、檸康酸、檸康酸酐、丁烯酸、2-丙烯醯胺-2-甲基丙磺酸、第三丁基丙烯醯胺磺酸、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-苯氧基-2-羥基丙酯、鄰苯二甲酸2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基-2-羥基丙酯、甘油單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸四氫糠酯、二甲胺基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2,2,2-三氟乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2,2,3,3-四氟丙酯、鄰苯二甲酸衍生物之半(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。該等單官能單體可單獨使用或將2種以上組合使用。Examples of monofunctional monomers include: (meth)acrylamide, methylol (meth)acrylamide, methoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, ethoxymethyl (methyl) Acrylamide, propoxymethyl(meth)acrylamide, butoxymethoxymethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-methylol(meth)acrylamide, N-hydroxymethyl(meth)acrylamide (meth)acrylamide, (meth)acrylic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, itaconic acid, itaconic anhydride, citraconic acid, citraconic anhydride, butyl Acrylic acid, 2-acrylamide-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid, tertiary butylacrylamide sulfonic acid, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate , 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate -Hydroxybutyl ester, 2-phenoxy-2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(meth)acryloxy-2-hydroxypropyl phthalate, glycerol mono(meth)acrylate ester, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, dimethylamino (meth)acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate base) 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl acrylate, half (meth)acrylate of phthalic acid derivatives, etc. These monofunctional monomers can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

另一方面,作為多官能單體,可列舉:1,3-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate)、1,9-壬二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,12-十二烷二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三環癸烷二甲醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、二季戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚(乙二醇-丙二醇)二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚四亞甲基二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙氧基化乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(1,6-hexaneglycol dimethacrylate)、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙(4-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚乙氧基苯基)丙烷、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、乙二醇二縮水甘油醚二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二縮水甘油醚二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、鄰苯二甲酸二縮水甘油酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甘油三丙烯酸酯、甘油聚縮水甘油醚聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯(即,甲苯二異氰酸酯、三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯或六亞甲基二異氰酸酯等與(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯之反應物)、亞甲基雙(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯醯胺亞甲基醚、多元醇與N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺之縮合物、三丙烯醯基縮甲醛、2,4,6-三氧代六氫-1,3,5-三𠯤-1,3,5-三乙醇三丙烯酸酯、及2,4,6-三氧代六氫-1,3,5-三𠯤-1,3,5-三乙醇二丙烯酸酯等。該等多官能單體可單獨使用或將2種以上組合使用。On the other hand, examples of polyfunctional monomers include 1,3-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol Di(meth)acrylate (1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate), 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,10-decanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,12- Dodecanediol Di(meth)acrylate, Ethoxylated Hexylene Glycol Di(meth)acrylate, Tricyclodecane Dimethanol Di(meth)acrylate, 2-Hydroxy(meth)acrylate -3-(meth)acryloxypropyl ester, dipentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol Di(meth)acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, poly(ethylene glycol Alcohol-propylene glycol) di(meth)acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, propoxylated bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate (meth)acrylate, propoxylated ethoxylated bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tetra Ethylene Glycol Di(meth)acrylate, Propylene Glycol Di(meth)acrylate, Polypropylene Glycol Di(meth)acrylate, Butylene Glycol Di(meth)acrylate, Neopentyl Glycol Di(meth)acrylate Acrylates, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate (1,6-hexaneglycol dimethacrylate), trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, glycerin di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri Acrylates, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate (Meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis(4-(meth)acryloxydiethoxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4- (Meth)acryloxypolyethoxyphenyl) propane, 2-hydroxy-3-(meth)acryloxypropyl (meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether bis(methyl) ) acrylate, diethylene glycol diglycidyl ether di(meth)acrylate, diglycidyl phthalate di(meth)acrylate, glycerin triacrylate, glycerin polyglycidyl ether poly(methyl) ) acrylates, urethane (meth)acrylates (i.e. toluene diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate or hexamethylene diisocyanate etc. with 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate reactants), methylenebis(meth)acrylamide, (meth)acrylamide methylene ether, condensation product of polyol and N-methylol(meth)acrylamide, triacrylamide Formal, 2,4,6-trioxohexahydro-1,3 ,5-Tri-alcohol-1,3,5-triethanol triacrylate, and 2,4,6-trioxohexahydro-1,3,5-tri-alcohol-1,3,5-triethanol diacrylic acid Esters etc. These polyfunctional monomers can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

該等具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之化合物之中,就獲得可形成強度與對基板之密接性優異之硬化物之感光性組合物之方面而言,較佳為三官能以上之多官能單體。 就控制玻璃轉移點(Tg)之觀點而言,亦可以與三官能以上之多官能單體併用之方式使用單官能單體或二官能單體,該等之中,較佳為1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。Among these compounds having ethylenically unsaturated double bonds, polyfunctional monomers with trifunctional or higher functions are preferred in terms of obtaining a photosensitive composition capable of forming a cured product having excellent strength and adhesion to substrates. . From the viewpoint of controlling the glass transition point (Tg), monofunctional monomers or difunctional monomers can also be used in combination with trifunctional or higher polyfunctional monomers. Among these, 1,6- Hexylene glycol di(meth)acrylate.

關於光聚合性化合物(B1)之含量,相對於感光性組合物之固形物成分,較佳為5質量%以上且97質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以上且95質量%以下。藉由將感光性組合物中之光聚合性化合物(B1)之含量設為上述範圍,硬化性良好。又,若相對於感光性組合物之固形物成分而設為60質量%以下(較佳為5質量%以上且40質量%以下),則存在容易實現感光性組合物於感度、顯影性及解像性之間之均衡性之傾向。The content of the photopolymerizable compound (B1) is preferably from 5% by mass to 97% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 95% by mass, based on the solid content of the photosensitive composition. Curability becomes favorable by making content of the photopolymerizable compound (B1) in a photosensitive composition into the said range. Moreover, if it is 60 mass % or less (preferably 5 mass % or more and 40 mass % or less) with respect to the solid content of a photosensitive composition, it will be easy to realize the sensitivity, developability, and resolution of a photosensitive composition. The tendency of the balance between imagery.

[樹脂(B2)] 感光性組合物較佳為一併包含上述光聚合性化合物(B1)與樹脂(B2)作為聚合性基材成分(B)。作為樹脂(B2),於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無特別限定,可使用先前於各種感光性組合物中所調配之樹脂成分。 以下,對樹脂(B2)之較佳例進行說明。[Resin (B2)] It is preferable that the photosensitive composition contains the said photopolymerizable compound (B1) and resin (B2) together as a polymeric base material component (B). It does not specifically limit as resin (B2) in the range which does not impair the object of this invention, The resin component prepared previously with various photosensitive compositions can be used. Hereinafter, preferable examples of the resin (B2) will be described.

(含交聯性基之樹脂) 若感光性組合物含有含交聯性基之樹脂作為樹脂(B2),則存在使用該感光性組合物更容易形成硬化物之傾向。含交聯性基之樹脂係具有交聯性基之樹脂,較佳為包含源自具有交聯性基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元者。作為交聯性基,只要為主要藉由加熱而能夠使含交聯性基之樹脂交聯之官能基,則並無特別限定,較佳為環氧基、乙烯性不飽和雙鍵。交聯性基例如可藉由包含選自由源自具有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元及具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之單元所組成之群中之至少1種而導入至含交聯性基之樹脂中。(Crosslinkable group-containing resin) When a photosensitive composition contains a crosslinkable group-containing resin as resin (B2), it exists in the tendency which becomes easy to form a hardened|cured material using this photosensitive composition. The crosslinkable group-containing resin is a resin having a crosslinkable group, and preferably includes a unit derived from a (meth)acrylate having a crosslinkable group. The crosslinkable group is not particularly limited as long as it is a functional group capable of crosslinking the crosslinkable group-containing resin mainly by heating, and is preferably an epoxy group or an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. The crosslinking group can be introduced into the crosslinking group by including, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of a unit derived from (meth)acrylate having an epoxy group and a unit having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. In the resin of the linking group.

作為含交聯性基之樹脂,較佳為包含源自具有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元之樹脂。藉由具有該單元,亦可提高使用感光性組合物所形成之硬化膜對基材之密接性或機械強度。As crosslinkable group containing resin, resin containing the unit derived from the (meth)acrylate which has an epoxy group is preferable. By having this unit, the adhesiveness or mechanical strength to the base material of the cured film formed using the photosensitive composition can also be improved.

具有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯可為具有鏈狀脂肪族環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,亦可為如下所述之具有脂環式環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。The (meth)acrylate having an epoxy group may be a (meth)acrylate having a chain aliphatic epoxy group, or a (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic epoxy group as described below .

具有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯亦可具有芳香族基。於本說明書中,芳香族基係具有芳香環之基。作為構成芳香族基之芳香環之例,可列舉:苯環、萘環。作為具有芳香族基且具有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之例,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸4-縮水甘油氧基苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-縮水甘油氧基苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-縮水甘油氧基苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-縮水甘油氧基苯基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-縮水甘油氧基苯基甲酯、及(甲基)丙烯酸2-縮水甘油氧基苯基甲酯等。The (meth)acrylate which has an epoxy group may also have an aromatic group. In this specification, an aromatic group is a group which has an aromatic ring. As an example of the aromatic ring which comprises an aromatic group, a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring are mentioned. Examples of (meth)acrylates having an aromatic group and an epoxy group include: 4-glycidyloxyphenyl (meth)acrylate, 3-glycidyloxyphenyl (meth)acrylate , 2-glycidyloxyphenyl (meth)acrylate, 4-glycidyloxyphenylmethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-glycidyloxyphenylmethyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylate Base) 2-glycidyloxyphenylmethyl acrylate, etc.

於要求使用感光性組合物所形成之膜具有透明性之情形時,具有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸較佳為不具有芳香族基者。When transparency is required for a film formed using a photosensitive composition, the (meth)acrylic acid having an epoxy group is preferably one that does not have an aromatic group.

作為具有鏈狀脂肪族環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之例,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸環氧烷基酯、及(甲基)丙烯酸環氧烷氧基烷基酯等之類的於酯基(-O-CO-)中之氧基(-O-)上鍵結有鏈狀脂肪族環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。此種(甲基)丙烯酸酯所具有之鏈狀脂肪族環氧基於鏈中可包含1個或複數個氧基(-O-)。鏈狀脂肪族環氧基之碳原子數並無特別限定,較佳為3以上且20以下,更佳為3以上且15以下,尤佳為3以上且10以下。Examples of (meth)acrylates having a chain aliphatic epoxy group include epoxyalkyl (meth)acrylate and epoxyalkyloxyalkyl (meth)acrylate. A (meth)acrylate in which a chain aliphatic epoxy group is bonded to the oxygen group (-O-) in the ester group (-O-CO-). The chain aliphatic epoxy in such (meth)acrylate may contain one or more oxy groups (-O-) in the chain. The number of carbon atoms in the chain aliphatic epoxy group is not particularly limited, but it is preferably from 3 to 20, more preferably from 3 to 15, and particularly preferably from 3 to 10.

作為具有鏈狀脂肪族環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之具體例,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲基縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6,7-環氧庚酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環氧烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸2-縮水甘油氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-縮水甘油氧基正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-縮水甘油氧基正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸5-縮水甘油氧基正己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6-縮水甘油氧基正己酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環氧烷氧基烷基酯。Specific examples of (meth)acrylates having a chain aliphatic epoxy group include: glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methylglycidyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid 3,4-epoxybutyl, 6,7-epoxyheptyl (meth)acrylate and other epoxyalkyl (meth)acrylates; 2-glycidyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Base) 3-glycidyloxy-n-propyl acrylate, 4-glycidyloxy-n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 5-glycidyloxy-n-hexyl (meth)acrylate, 6-glycidyl(meth)acrylate Epoxyalkyloxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as glyceryloxy-n-hexyl ester.

作為具有脂環式環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之具體例,例如可列舉下述式(d2-1)~(d2-16)所表示之化合物。該等之中,為了使感光性組合物具有適度之顯影性,較佳為下述式(d2-1)~(d2-6)所表示之化合物,更佳為下述式(d2-1)~(d2-4)所表示之化合物。 又,關於該等各化合物,酯基之氧原子於脂環上之鍵結部位並不限定於此處所示者,亦包括一部分之位置異構物。As a specific example of the (meth)acrylate which has an alicyclic epoxy group, the compound represented by following formula (d2-1) - (d2-16) is mentioned, for example. Among these, compounds represented by the following formulas (d2-1) to (d2-6) are preferred, and more preferred are the compounds represented by the following formula (d2-1) in order to impart appropriate developability to the photosensitive composition. Compounds represented by ~(d2-4). In addition, in each of these compounds, the bonding position of the oxygen atom of the ester group on the alicyclic ring is not limited to what is shown here, and some positional isomers are also included.

[化36]

Figure 02_image071
[chem 36]
Figure 02_image071

上述式中,Rd4 表示氫原子或甲基,Rd5 表示碳原子數1以上且6以下之2價脂肪族飽和烴基,Rd6 表示碳原子數1以上且10以下之2價烴基,n表示0以上且10以下之整數。作為Rd5 ,較佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀之伸烷基,例如亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、四亞甲基、乙基伸乙基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基。作為Rd6 ,較佳為例如亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、四亞甲基、乙基伸乙基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、伸苯基、伸環己基、-CH2 -Ph-CH2 -(Ph表示伸苯基)。In the above formula, R d4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R d5 represents a divalent aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms, R d6 represents a divalent hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and n represents An integer between 0 and 10. R d5 is preferably a linear or branched alkylene group, such as methylene, ethylidene, propylidene, tetramethylene, ethylethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene base. R d6 is preferably, for example, methylene, ethylidene, propylidene, tetramethylene, ethylethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, phenylene, cyclohexylene, -CH 2 -Ph-CH 2 - (Ph represents a phenylene group).

若具有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯為如上之具有脂環式環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,則與具有鏈狀脂肪族環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯相比,包含源自該(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元之含交聯性基之樹脂、進而感光性組合物之保管穩定性優異,又,形成硬化膜時可進行預烘烤之溫度範圍(預烘烤溫度範圍)擴大,因此較佳。If the (meth)acrylate with epoxy group is the (meth)acrylate with alicyclic epoxy group as above, compared with the (meth)acrylate with chain aliphatic epoxy group, The cross-linkable group-containing resin containing the unit derived from the (meth)acrylate, and the storage stability of the photosensitive composition are excellent, and the temperature range in which pre-baking can be performed when forming a cured film (pre-baking temperature range) is extended, so it is better.

又,含交聯性基之樹脂亦可為包含具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵作為交聯性基之單元之樹脂(於本說明書中,有時稱為「具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之樹脂」)。該乙烯性不飽和雙鍵較佳為構成(甲基)丙烯醯氧基之一部分。Also, the resin containing a crosslinkable group may be a resin containing a unit having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond as a crosslinkable group (in this specification, sometimes referred to as "resin having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond") ). The ethylenically unsaturated double bond preferably constitutes a part of the (meth)acryloyloxy group.

作為具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之樹脂,例如可列舉具有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基之樹脂。 具有(甲基)丙烯醯氧基之樹脂例如可藉由使包含源自不飽和羧酸之單元之聚合物所含之羧基之至少一部分、與上述具有脂環式環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯及/或上述具有鏈狀脂肪族環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯進行反應而製備。As resin which has an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, the resin which has a (meth)acryloxy group is mentioned, for example. The resin having a (meth)acryloyloxy group can be obtained, for example, by making at least a part of the carboxyl group contained in a polymer containing a unit derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and the above-mentioned (methyl) group having an alicyclic epoxy group. Acrylate and/or the (meth)acrylate having chain aliphatic epoxy group are reacted and prepared.

於含交聯性基之樹脂為具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之樹脂之情形時,可為具有光聚合性者。藉由使感光性組合物含有該具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之光聚合性樹脂作為樹脂(B2),可提高感光性組合物之硬化性,容易形成圖案。When the crosslinkable group-containing resin is a resin having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, it may have photopolymerization. By making the photosensitive composition contain the photopolymerizable resin which has this ethylenically unsaturated double bond as resin (B2), the curability of a photosensitive composition can be improved, and a pattern can be formed easily.

於含交聯性基之樹脂中,相對於該樹脂之質量,源自具有交聯性基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元之量較佳為20質量%以上且80質量%以下,更佳為30質量%以上且70質量%以下,進而較佳為33質量%以上且65質量%以下。 於含交聯性基之樹脂中,相對於該樹脂之質量,源自具有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元之量較佳為10質量%以上且90質量%以下,更佳為15質量%以上且80質量%以下,進而更佳為20質量%以上且70質量%以下。 於含交聯性基之樹脂中,相對於該樹脂之質量,具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之單元之量較佳為1質量%以上且40質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以上且35質量%以下。 作為含交聯性基之樹脂,較佳為選自(甲基)丙烯酸及(甲基)丙烯酸酯中之1種以上之單體之聚合物,於該聚合物之情形時,該聚合物中之源自具有交聯性基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元相對於樹脂質量而言之含量亦與上述相同。In the crosslinkable group-containing resin, the amount of units derived from a (meth)acrylate having a crosslinkable group is preferably at least 20% by mass and at most 80% by mass relative to the mass of the resin, more preferably at least 80% by mass. It is 30 mass % or more and 70 mass % or less, More preferably, it is 33 mass % or more and 65 mass % or less. In the crosslinkable group-containing resin, the amount of units derived from (meth)acrylate having an epoxy group is preferably at least 10% by mass and at most 90% by mass relative to the mass of the resin, more preferably 15 mass % or more and 80 mass % or less, More preferably, it is 20 mass % or more and 70 mass % or less. In the crosslinkable group-containing resin, the amount of units having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is preferably at least 1% by mass and at most 40% by mass, more preferably at least 5% by mass and not more than 35% by mass, relative to the mass of the resin. Mass% or less. As the crosslinkable group-containing resin, it is preferably a polymer of one or more monomers selected from (meth)acrylic acid and (meth)acrylate esters. In the case of this polymer, in the polymer The content of the unit derived from the (meth)acrylate which has a crosslinkable group with respect to resin mass is also the same as above.

含交聯性基之樹脂可包含源自具有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元與具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之單元兩者,亦可包含源自具有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元或具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之單元之任一者,較佳為僅包含源自具有環氧基作為交聯性基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元。Resins containing crosslinkable groups may contain both units derived from (meth)acrylates with epoxy groups and units with ethylenically unsaturated double bonds, and may also contain units derived from (meth)acrylates with epoxy groups. ) acrylate units or units having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond preferably contain only units derived from (meth)acrylates having an epoxy group as a crosslinkable group.

含交聯性基之樹脂較佳為既為具有交聯性基之樹脂,亦為鹼可溶性樹脂。藉由於感光性組合物中調配該鹼可溶性樹脂,可對感光性組合物賦予鹼性顯影性。The crosslinkable group-containing resin is preferably both a crosslinkable group-containing resin and an alkali-soluble resin. Alkali developability can be provided to a photosensitive composition by compounding this alkali-soluble resin in a photosensitive composition.

於本說明書中,所謂鹼可溶性樹脂係指如下者:使用樹脂濃度20質量%之樹脂溶液(溶劑:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯)於基板上形成膜厚1 μm之樹脂膜,於濃度0.05質量%之KOH水溶液中浸漬1分鐘時,膜厚0.01 μm以上發生溶解。In this specification, the so-called alkali-soluble resin refers to the following: use a resin solution with a resin concentration of 20% by mass (solvent: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate) to form a resin film with a film thickness of 1 μm on the substrate, and use a resin solution with a concentration of 0.05% by mass % KOH aqueous solution for 1 minute, the film thickness of 0.01 μm or more will dissolve.

於含交聯性基之樹脂亦為鹼可溶性樹脂之情形時,通常具有鹼可溶性基。作為鹼可溶性基,只要為對含交聯性基之樹脂賦予上述於鹼中之溶解性之官能基,則並無特別限定,較佳為羧基或脫保護而生成羧基之基,例如可藉由包含源自下述不飽和羧酸之單元、或藉由使包含提供鹼可溶性基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單體聚合而導入至含交聯性基之樹脂中。於本說明書中,提供鹼可溶性基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯不包括上述具有交聯性基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯在內。When the crosslinkable group-containing resin is also an alkali-soluble resin, it usually has an alkali-soluble group. The alkali-soluble group is not particularly limited as long as it is a functional group that imparts the above-mentioned solubility in alkali to the crosslinkable group-containing resin, but is preferably a carboxyl group or a group that generates a carboxyl group by deprotection, for example, by A unit derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid described below or introduced into a crosslinkable group-containing resin by polymerizing a monomer containing a (meth)acrylate providing an alkali-soluble group. In this specification, the (meth)acrylate which provides an alkali-soluble group does not include the (meth)acrylate which has the said crosslinkable group.

作為含交聯性基之樹脂,於亦為鹼可溶性樹脂之情形時,可為不具有抑制或抑止含交聯性基之樹脂於上述鹼中之溶解性之官能基(以下,有時稱為「鹼溶解抑止基」或「溶解抑止基」)之樹脂,較佳為具有鹼可溶性基及溶解抑止基之樹脂。溶解抑止基就具有降低含交聯性基之樹脂於鹼中之溶解性之功能之方面而言,亦可稱為鹼難溶解性基。含交聯性基之樹脂藉由具有鹼可溶性基及溶解抑止基,可調整於鹼中之溶解性,藉此可調整感光性組合物之鹼性顯影性。作為溶解抑止基,例如可列舉:下述苯乙烯或苯乙烯衍生物;不飽和醯亞胺類;具有脂環式骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯(其中,具有環氧基者除外);(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等具有芳香族基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。於本說明書中,提供溶解抑止基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯不包括上述具有交聯性基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯在內。As the crosslinkable group-containing resin, when it is also an alkali-soluble resin, it may not have a functional group that inhibits or suppresses the solubility of the crosslinkable group-containing resin in the above-mentioned alkali (hereinafter sometimes referred to as The resin of "alkali-soluble inhibitory group" or "dissolution inhibitory group") is preferably a resin having an alkali-soluble group and a dissolution inhibitory group. The dissolution inhibitory group may also be called a poorly alkali-soluble group because it has the function of reducing the solubility of the crosslinkable group-containing resin in alkali. The resin containing a crosslinkable group can adjust the solubility in alkali by having an alkali-soluble group and a dissolution-inhibiting group, thereby adjusting the alkali developability of the photosensitive composition. As the dissolution inhibiting group, for example, the following styrene or styrene derivatives can be cited; unsaturated imides; (meth)acrylates having an alicyclic skeleton (wherein, those having epoxy groups are excluded); (meth)acrylate having an aromatic group, such as benzyl meth)acrylate, etc. In this specification, the (meth)acrylate which provides a dissolution inhibiting group does not include the above-mentioned (meth)acrylate which has a crosslinkable group.

於含交聯性基之樹脂之中,就製膜性優異之方面、或藉由選擇單體而容易調整樹脂特性等方面而言,較佳為具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之單體之聚合物。作為具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之單體,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸;(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯醯胺;丁烯酸;順丁烯二酸、反丁烯二酸、檸康酸、中康酸、伊康酸、該等二羧酸之酸酐;乙酸烯丙酯、己酸烯丙酯、辛酸烯丙酯、月桂酸烯丙酯、棕櫚酸烯丙酯、硬脂酸烯丙酯、苯甲酸烯丙酯、乙醯乙酸烯丙酯、乳酸烯丙酯、及烯丙氧基乙醇之類的烯丙基化合物;己基乙烯醚、辛基乙烯醚、癸基乙烯醚、乙基己基乙烯醚、甲氧基乙基乙烯醚、乙氧基乙基乙烯醚、氯乙基乙烯醚、1-甲基-2,2-二甲基丙基乙烯醚、2-乙基丁基乙烯醚、羥基乙基乙烯醚、二乙二醇乙烯醚、二甲胺基乙基乙烯醚、二乙胺基乙基乙烯醚、丁基胺基乙基乙烯醚、苄基乙烯醚、四氫糠基乙烯醚、乙烯基苯醚、乙烯基甲苯醚、乙烯基氯苯醚、乙烯基-2,4-二氯苯醚、乙烯基萘醚、及乙烯基蒽醚之類的乙烯醚;丁酸乙烯酯、異丁酸乙烯酯、乙酸乙烯基三甲酯、乙酸乙烯基二乙酯、特戊酸乙烯酯、己酸乙烯酯、氯乙酸乙烯酯、二氯乙酸乙烯酯、甲氧基乙酸乙烯酯、丁氧基乙酸乙烯酯、乙酸乙烯基苯酯、乙醯乙酸乙烯酯、乳酸乙烯酯、丁酸乙烯基-β-苯酯、苯甲酸乙烯酯、水楊酸乙烯酯、氯苯甲酸乙烯酯、四氯苯甲酸乙烯酯、及萘甲酸乙烯酯之類的乙烯酯;苯乙烯、甲基苯乙烯、二甲基苯乙烯、三甲基苯乙烯、乙基苯乙烯、二乙基苯乙烯、異丙基苯乙烯、丁基苯乙烯、己基苯乙烯、環己基苯乙烯、癸基苯乙烯、苄基苯乙烯、氯甲基苯乙烯、三氟甲基苯乙烯、乙氧基甲基苯乙烯、乙醯氧基甲基苯乙烯、甲氧基苯乙烯、4-甲氧基-3-甲基苯乙烯、二甲氧基苯乙烯、氯苯乙烯、二氯苯乙烯、三氯苯乙烯、四氯苯乙烯、五氯苯乙烯、溴苯乙烯、二溴苯乙烯、碘苯乙烯、氟苯乙烯、三氟苯乙烯、2-溴-4-三氟甲基苯乙烯、及4-氟-3-三氟甲基苯乙烯之類的苯乙烯或苯乙烯衍生物;乙烯、丙烯、1-丁烯、1-戊烯、1-己烯、3-甲基-1-丁烯、3-甲基-1-戊烯、3-乙基-1-戊烯、4-甲基-1-戊烯、4-甲基-1-己烯、4,4-二甲基-1-己烯、4,4-二甲基-1-戊烯、4-乙基-1-己烯、3-乙基-1-己烯、1-辛烯、1-癸烯、1-十二烯、1-十四烯、1-十六烯、1-十八烯、及1-二十烯之類的烯烴;順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺等不飽和醯亞胺類。Among crosslinkable group-containing resins, polymerization of monomers with ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is preferred in terms of excellent film-forming properties and easy adjustment of resin properties by selecting monomers. things. Examples of monomers having ethylenically unsaturated double bonds include: (meth)acrylic acid; (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylamide; crotonic acid; acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, itaconic acid, anhydrides of these dicarboxylic acids; allyl acetate, allyl caproate, allyl caprylate, allyl laurate, allyl palmitate, Allyl compounds such as allyl stearate, allyl benzoate, allyl acetoacetate, allyl lactate, and allyloxyethanol; hexyl vinyl ether, octyl vinyl ether, decyl Vinyl ether, ethylhexyl vinyl ether, methoxyethyl vinyl ether, ethoxyethyl vinyl ether, chloroethyl vinyl ether, 1-methyl-2,2-dimethylpropyl vinyl ether, 2- Ethyl butyl vinyl ether, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, diethylene glycol vinyl ether, dimethylaminoethyl vinyl ether, diethylaminoethyl vinyl ether, butylaminoethyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether ether, tetrahydrofurfuryl vinyl ether, vinyl phenyl ether, vinyl cresyl ether, vinyl chlorophenyl ether, vinyl-2,4-dichlorophenyl ether, vinyl naphthalene ether, and vinyl anthracene ether Vinyl Ether; Vinyl Butyrate, Vinyl Isobutyrate, Vinyl Trimethyl Acetate, Vinyl Diethyl Acetate, Vinyl Pivalate, Vinyl Hexanoate, Vinyl Chloroacetate, Vinyl Dichloroacetate, Methoxyvinyl acetate, butoxyvinyl acetate, vinylphenyl acetate, acetovinyl acetate, vinyl lactate, vinyl-beta-phenyl butyrate, vinyl benzoate, vinyl salicylate , vinyl chlorobenzoate, vinyl tetrachlorobenzoate, and vinyl esters such as vinyl naphthoate; styrene, methylstyrene, dimethylstyrene, trimethylstyrene, ethylstyrene, Diethylstyrene, isopropylstyrene, butylstyrene, hexylstyrene, cyclohexylstyrene, decylstyrene, benzylstyrene, chloromethylstyrene, trifluoromethylstyrene, ethyl Oxymethylstyrene, Acetyloxymethylstyrene, Methoxystyrene, 4-methoxy-3-methylstyrene, Dimethoxystyrene, Chlorostyrene, Dichlorostyrene , trichlorostyrene, tetrachlorostyrene, pentachlorostyrene, bromostyrene, dibromostyrene, iodostyrene, fluorostyrene, trifluorostyrene, 2-bromo-4-trifluoromethylstyrene , and styrene or styrene derivatives such as 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylstyrene; ethylene, propylene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene, 3-methyl-1 -butene, 3-methyl-1-pentene, 3-ethyl-1-pentene, 4-methyl-1-pentene, 4-methyl-1-hexene, 4,4-dimethyl Base-1-hexene, 4,4-dimethyl-1-pentene, 4-ethyl-1-hexene, 3-ethyl-1-hexene, 1-octene, 1-decene, Alkenes such as 1-dodecene, 1-tetradecene, 1-hexadecene, 1-octadecene, and 1-eicosene; maleimide, N-phenylmaleene Unsaturated imides such as diimide and N-cyclohexylmaleimide.

於含交聯性基之樹脂為具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之單體之聚合物之情形時,通常包含源自不飽和羧酸之單元。作為不飽和羧酸之例,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸;(甲基)丙烯醯胺;丁烯酸;順丁烯二酸、反丁烯二酸、檸康酸、中康酸、伊康酸、該等二羧酸之酸酐。關於用作鹼可溶性樹脂之具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之單體之聚合物中所含之源自不飽和羧酸之單元之量,只要使樹脂具有所需之鹼可溶性,則並無特別限定。用作鹼可溶性樹脂之樹脂中之源自不飽和羧酸之單元之量相對於樹脂之質量,較佳為5質量%以上且25質量%以下,更佳為8質量%以上且16質量%以下,於含交聯性基之樹脂具有下述溶解抑止基之情形時,尤佳為該等量。於含交聯性基之樹脂不具有下述溶解抑止基之情形時,該樹脂中之源自不飽和羧酸之單元之量相對於樹脂之質量,較佳為50質量%以上且80質量%以下,更佳為60質量%以上且70質量%以下。When the crosslinkable group-containing resin is a polymer of a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, it generally contains a unit derived from an unsaturated carboxylic acid. Examples of unsaturated carboxylic acids include: (meth)acrylic acid; (meth)acrylamide; crotonic acid; maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, itaconic acid, Aconic acid, anhydrides of these dicarboxylic acids. The amount of units derived from unsaturated carboxylic acid contained in the polymer of the monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond used as the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited as long as the resin has the desired alkali solubility . The amount of the unsaturated carboxylic acid-derived unit in the resin used as the alkali-soluble resin is preferably at least 5 mass % and at most 25 mass %, more preferably at least 8 mass % and at most 16 mass %, based on the mass of the resin , when the crosslinkable group-containing resin has the following dissolution inhibiting group, the equivalent amount is especially preferable. When the crosslinkable group-containing resin does not have the following dissolution inhibiting group, the amount of units derived from unsaturated carboxylic acid in the resin is preferably 50% by mass or more and 80% by mass with respect to the mass of the resin or less, more preferably 60% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less.

於作為選自以上例示單體中之1種以上之單體之聚合物的具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之單體之聚合物之中,較佳為選自(甲基)丙烯酸及(甲基)丙烯酸酯中之1種以上之單體之聚合物。以下,對選自(甲基)丙烯酸及(甲基)丙烯酸酯中之1種以上之單體之聚合物進行說明。Among the polymers of monomers having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond that are polymers of one or more monomers selected from the monomers exemplified above, those selected from (meth)acrylic acid and (meth)acrylic acid are preferred. ) A polymer of one or more monomers in acrylate. Hereinafter, a polymer of one or more monomers selected from (meth)acrylic acid and (meth)acrylate will be described.

用於製備選自(甲基)丙烯酸及(甲基)丙烯酸酯中之1種以上之單體之聚合物的(甲基)丙烯酸酯於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無特別限定,自公知之(甲基)丙烯酸酯中適當選擇。The (meth)acrylate used to prepare the polymer of one or more monomers selected from (meth)acrylic acid and (meth)acrylate is not particularly limited insofar as it does not impair the purpose of the present invention. (Meth)acrylic esters can be selected appropriately.

作為(甲基)丙烯酸酯之適宜例,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三辛酯等直鏈狀或支鏈狀之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸氯乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2,2-二甲基羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、三羥甲基丙烷單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸糠酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等具有芳香族基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;具有脂環式骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯。於下文記述有關具有脂環式骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之詳細說明。Examples of suitable (meth)acrylates include: methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, pentyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Linear or branched alkyl (meth)acrylate such as tertiary octyl acrylate; chloroethyl (meth)acrylate, 2,2-dimethylhydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Base) 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, trimethylolpropane mono(meth)acrylate, furfuryl (meth)acrylate; benzyl (meth)acrylate and other (meth)acrylates with aromatic groups; A (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic skeleton. The detailed description about the (meth)acrylate which has an alicyclic frame|skeleton is described below.

又,於選自(甲基)丙烯酸及(甲基)丙烯酸酯中之1種以上之單體之聚合物之中,就使用感光性組合物容易形成透過率較高之絕緣膜之方面而言,亦較佳為包含源自具有脂環式骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元之樹脂。於本說明書中,具有脂環式骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯不包括上述具有交聯性基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯在內。In addition, in the polymer of one or more monomers selected from (meth)acrylic acid and (meth)acrylate, it is easy to form an insulating film with a high transmittance using a photosensitive composition , It is also preferably a resin containing a unit derived from (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic skeleton. In this specification, the (meth)acrylate which has an alicyclic skeleton does not include the (meth)acrylate which has the said crosslinkable group.

於具有脂環式骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯中,具有脂環式骨架之基較佳為具有脂環式烴基之基。構成脂環式骨架之脂環式基可為單環亦可為多環。作為單環之脂環式基,可列舉:環戊基、環己基等。又,作為多環之脂環式基,可列舉:降𦯉基、異𦯉基、三環壬基、三環癸基、四環十二烷基等。Among (meth)acrylates having an alicyclic skeleton, the group having an alicyclic skeleton is preferably a group having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group. The alicyclic group constituting the alicyclic skeleton may be monocyclic or polycyclic. As a monocyclic alicyclic group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, etc. are mentioned. Moreover, examples of the polycyclic alicyclic group include noryl, isoyl, tricyclononyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecyl, and the like.

於具有脂環式骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之中,作為具有脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉下述式(d1-1)~(d1-8)所表示之化合物。該等之中,較佳為下述式(d1-3)~(d1-8)所表示之化合物,更佳為下述式(d1-3)或(d1-4)所表示之化合物。Among (meth)acrylates having an alicyclic skeleton, examples of (meth)acrylates having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group include those represented by the following formulas (d1-1) to (d1-8). compound. Among these, compounds represented by the following formulas (d1-3) to (d1-8) are preferable, and compounds represented by the following formula (d1-3) or (d1-4) are more preferable.

[化37]

Figure 02_image073
[chem 37]
Figure 02_image073

上述式中,Rd1 表示氫原子或甲基,Rd2 表示單鍵或碳原子數1以上且6以下之2價脂肪族飽和烴基,Rd3 表示氫原子或碳原子數1以上且5以下之烷基。作為Rd2 ,較佳為單鍵、直鏈狀或支鏈狀之伸烷基,例如亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、四亞甲基、乙基伸乙基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基。作為Rd3 ,較佳為甲基、乙基。In the above formula, R d1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R d2 represents a single bond or a divalent aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and R d3 represents a hydrogen atom or a carbon group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. alkyl. R d2 is preferably a single bond, linear or branched alkylene group, such as methylene, ethylidene, propylidene, tetramethylene, ethylethylene, pentamethylene, Hexamethylene. R d3 is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.

含交聯性基之樹脂較佳為包含源自選自(甲基)丙烯酸及(甲基)丙烯酸酯中之1種以上之單體之單元與源自具有脂環式環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元的樹脂。該樹脂亦可為進而亦包含源自具有脂環式骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元的樹脂,於該情形時,樹脂中之源自具有脂環式骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元之量可為10質量%以上且35質量%以下,亦可為15質量%以上且30質量%以下,亦可為20質量%以上且25質量%以下。The crosslinkable group-containing resin is preferably a unit derived from one or more monomers selected from (meth)acrylic acid and (meth)acrylate esters and a unit derived from (methanol) having an alicyclic epoxy group. base) resins with acrylate units. The resin may further include a unit derived from a (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic skeleton. In this case, the unit derived from a (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic skeleton in the resin may be The amount of units may be 10% by mass to 35% by mass, 15% by mass to 30% by mass, or 20% by mass to 25% by mass.

又,於包含源自具有脂環式骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元的選自(甲基)丙烯酸及(甲基)丙烯酸酯中之1種以上之單體之聚合物之中,較佳為包含源自(甲基)丙烯酸之單元與源自具有脂環式環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元的樹脂。使用包含此種含交聯性基之樹脂之感光性組合物所形成之膜對基材之密接性優異。又,於使用此種樹脂之情形時,可引發樹脂所含之羧基與脂環式環氧基之自反應。因此,若使用包含此種樹脂之感光性組合物,則藉由採用將膜加熱之方法等引發羧基與脂環式環氧基之自反應,可提高所形成之膜之硬度之類的機械物性。In addition, in polymers containing one or more monomers selected from (meth)acrylic acid and (meth)acrylates containing units derived from (meth)acrylates having an alicyclic skeleton, relatively A resin containing a unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid and a unit derived from (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic epoxy group is preferable. A film formed using a photosensitive composition containing such a crosslinkable group-containing resin has excellent adhesion to a substrate. Also, when such a resin is used, a self-reaction between the carboxyl group contained in the resin and the alicyclic epoxy group can be initiated. Therefore, if a photosensitive composition containing such a resin is used, the self-reaction of the carboxyl group and the alicyclic epoxy group can be induced by a method such as heating the film, and the mechanical properties such as the hardness of the formed film can be improved. .

於包含源自(甲基)丙烯酸之單元(具有交聯性基者除外)與源自具有脂環式環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元的樹脂中,樹脂中之前者即源自(甲基)丙烯酸之單元之量較佳為1質量%以上且95質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以上且70質量%以下。於該包含源自(甲基)丙烯酸之單元與源自具有脂環式環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元的樹脂中,樹脂中之源自具有脂環式環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元之量較佳為1質量%以上且95質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以上且50質量%以下。In resins containing units derived from (meth)acrylic acid (except those with crosslinkable groups) and units derived from (meth)acrylates with alicyclic epoxy groups, the former in the resin is derived from The amount of (meth)acrylic acid units is preferably from 1% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 70% by mass. In the resin comprising a unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid and a unit derived from (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic epoxy group, the resin derived from (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic epoxy group The amount of the acrylate unit is preferably from 1% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 50% by mass.

於包含源自(甲基)丙烯酸之單元與源自具有脂環式環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元的選自(甲基)丙烯酸及(甲基)丙烯酸酯中之1種以上之單體之聚合物之中,亦可為包含源自(甲基)丙烯酸之單元、源自具有脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元、及源自具有脂環式環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元的樹脂。One or more selected from (meth)acrylic acid and (meth)acrylate containing a unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid and a unit derived from (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic epoxy group Among the polymers of monomers, there may also be units derived from (meth)acrylic acid, units derived from (meth)acrylate having alicyclic hydrocarbon groups, and units derived from (meth)acrylates having alicyclic epoxy groups. Resins with (meth)acrylate units.

於包含源自(甲基)丙烯酸之單元、源自具有脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元、及源自具有脂環式環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元的樹脂中,樹脂中之源自(甲基)丙烯酸之單元之量較佳為1質量%以上且95質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以上且50質量%以下。於包含源自(甲基)丙烯酸之單元、源自具有脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元、及源自具有脂環式環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元的樹脂中,樹脂中之源自具有脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元之量較佳為1質量%以上且95質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以上且70質量%以下。於包含源自(甲基)丙烯酸之單元、源自具有脂環式烴基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元、及源自具有脂環式環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元的樹脂中,樹脂中之源自具有脂環式環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之單元之量較佳為1質量%以上且95質量%以下,更佳為30質量%以上且80質量%以下。In a resin comprising a unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid, a unit derived from (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and a unit derived from (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic epoxy group Among them, the amount of units derived from (meth)acrylic acid in the resin is preferably from 1% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 50% by mass. In a resin comprising a unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid, a unit derived from (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and a unit derived from (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic epoxy group Among them, the amount of units derived from (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group in the resin is preferably from 1% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 70% by mass. In a resin comprising a unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid, a unit derived from (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and a unit derived from (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic epoxy group Among them, the amount of units derived from (meth)acrylate having an alicyclic epoxy group in the resin is preferably from 1% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably from 30% by mass to 80% by mass .

含交聯性基之樹脂之質量平均分子量(Mw:基於凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)之聚苯乙烯換算所獲得之測定值。於本說明書中相同)較佳為2000以上且200000以下,更佳為2000以上且18000以下。藉由設為上述範圍,存在容易實現感光性組合物於成膜能力、曝光後之顯影性之間之均衡性之傾向。The mass average molecular weight (Mw: measured value obtained in terms of polystyrene based on gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The same as in this specification) of the crosslinkable group-containing resin is preferably 2,000 or more and 200,000 or less, More preferably, it is 2,000 or more and 18,000 or less. By setting it as the said range, there exists a tendency for a photosensitive composition to achieve the balance between film-forming ability and the developability after exposure easily.

(具有Cardo結構之樹脂) 以下說明之具有Cardo結構之樹脂(以下亦記為「Cardo樹脂」)亦可較佳地用作樹脂(B2)。 作為Cardo樹脂,可使用其結構中具有Cardo骨架且具有特定鹼可溶性之樹脂。所謂Cardo骨架係指構成第1環狀結構之1個環碳原子上鍵結有第2環狀結構與第3環狀結構之骨架。再者,第2環狀結構與第3環狀結構可為相同結構,亦可為不同結構。 作為Cardo骨架之代表例,可列舉於茀環之9位之碳原子上鍵結有2個芳香環(例如苯環)之骨架。(Resin having a Cardo structure) A resin having a Cardo structure described below (hereinafter also referred to as "Cardo resin") can also be preferably used as the resin (B2). As the Cardo resin, a resin having a Cardo skeleton in its structure and having specific alkali solubility can be used. The so-called Cardo skeleton refers to a skeleton in which a second ring structure and a third ring structure are bonded to one ring carbon atom constituting the first ring structure. In addition, the 2nd cyclic structure and the 3rd cyclic structure may be the same structure, and may be different structures. As a representative example of the Cardo skeleton, a skeleton in which two aromatic rings (such as a benzene ring) are bonded to the carbon atom at the 9-position of the oxene ring is mentioned.

作為具有Cardo結構之樹脂,並無特別限定,可使用先前公知之樹脂。其中,較佳為下述式(b-1)所表示之樹脂。 下述式(b-1)所表示之樹脂由於其結構中具有羧基與乙烯性不飽和雙鍵等,故而發揮作為具有交聯性基之鹼可溶性樹脂之作用。The resin having a Cardo structure is not particularly limited, and conventionally known resins can be used. Among them, resins represented by the following formula (b-1) are preferred. The resin represented by the following formula (b-1) functions as an alkali-soluble resin having a crosslinkable group because it has a carboxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in its structure.

[化38]

Figure 02_image075
[chem 38]
Figure 02_image075

式(b-1)中,Xb 表示下述式(b-2)所表示之基。t1表示0以上且20以下之整數。In formula (b-1), X b represents a group represented by the following formula (b-2). t1 represents an integer of 0 to 20.

[化39]

Figure 02_image077
[chem 39]
Figure 02_image077

上述式(b-2)中,Rb11 分別獨立表示氫原子、碳原子數1以上且6以下之烴基、或鹵素原子,Rb12 分別獨立表示氫原子或甲基,Rb13 分別獨立表示直鏈或支鏈之伸烷基,t2表示0或1,Wb 表示下述式(b-3)所表示之基。In the above formula (b-2), R b11 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom, R b12 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R b13 independently represent a straight chain or a branched alkylene group, t2 represents 0 or 1, and W b represents a group represented by the following formula (b-3).

[化40]

Figure 02_image079
[chemical 40]
Figure 02_image079

式(b-2)中,作為Rb13 ,較佳為碳原子數1以上且20以下之伸烷基,更佳為碳原子數1以上且10以下之伸烷基,尤佳為碳原子數1以上且6以下之伸烷基,最佳為乙烷-1,2-二基、丙烷-1,2-二基、及丙烷-1,3-二基。In formula (b-2), R b13 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkylene group of 1 to 6 is preferably ethane-1,2-diyl, propane-1,2-diyl, and propane-1,3-diyl.

式(b-3)中之環Ab 表示可與芳香族環縮合且可具有取代基之脂肪族環。脂肪族環可為脂肪族烴環,亦可為脂肪族雜環。 作為脂肪族環,可列舉:單環烷烴、聯環烷烴、三環烷烴、四環烷烴等。 具體而言,可列舉:環戊烷、環己烷、環庚烷、環辛烷等單環烷烴、或金剛烷、降𦯉烷、異𦯉烷、三環癸烷、四環十二烷。 可與脂肪族環縮合之芳香族環可為芳香族烴環,亦可為芳香族雜環,較佳為芳香族烴環。具體而言,較佳為苯環及萘環。Ring A b in formula (b-3) represents an aliphatic ring which may be condensed with an aromatic ring and which may have a substituent. The aliphatic ring may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or an aliphatic heterocycle. Examples of the aliphatic ring include monocycloalkane, dicycloalkane, tricycloalkane, and tetracycloalkane. Specifically, monocyclic alkanes such as cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane, and cyclooctane, or adamantane, northane, isothane, tricyclodecane, and tetracyclododecane may be mentioned. The aromatic ring that can be condensed with the aliphatic ring may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring, preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Specifically, a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring are preferable.

作為式(b-3)所表示之2價基之適宜例,可列舉下述基。 [化41]

Figure 02_image081
As suitable examples of the divalent group represented by the formula (b-3), the following groups are mentioned. [chem 41]
Figure 02_image081

式(b-1)中之2價基Xb 係藉由使提供殘基Zb 之四羧酸二酐與下式(b-2a)所表示之二醇化合物進行反應而導入至Cardo樹脂中。 [化42]

Figure 02_image083
The divalent group X b in the formula (b-1) is introduced into the Cardo resin by reacting the tetracarboxylic dianhydride that provides the residue Z b with the diol compound represented by the following formula (b-2a) . [chem 42]
Figure 02_image083

式(b-2a)中,Rb11 、Rb12 、Rb13 及t2如於式(b-2)中之相關說明。式(b-2a)中之環Ab 如於式(b-3)中之相關說明。In formula (b-2a), R b11 , R b12 , R b13 and t2 are as described in formula (b-2). Ring A b in formula (b-2a) is as described in formula (b-3).

式(b-2a)所表示之二醇化合物可藉由例如以下方法製造。 首先,視需要藉由常規方法將下述式(b-2b)所表示之二醇化合物所具有之酚性羥基中之氫原子取代為-Rb13 -OH所表示之基後,使用表氯醇等進行縮水甘油基化,而獲得下述式(b-2c)所表示之環氧化合物。 繼而,使式(b-2c)所表示之環氧化合物與丙烯酸或甲基丙烯酸進行反應,藉此獲得式(b-2a)所表示之二醇化合物。 式(b-2b)及式(b-2c)中,Rb11 、Rb13 及t2如於式(b-2)中之相關說明。式(b-2b)及式(b-2c)中之環Ab 如於式(b-3)中之相關說明。 再者,式(b-2a)所表示之二醇化合物之製造方法並不限定於上述方法。 [化43]

Figure 02_image085
The diol compound represented by formula (b-2a) can be manufactured by the following method, for example. First, if necessary, replace the hydrogen atom in the phenolic hydroxyl group of the diol compound represented by the following formula (b-2b) with a group represented by -R b13 -OH by a conventional method, and then use epichlorohydrin and so on are glycidylated to obtain an epoxy compound represented by the following formula (b-2c). Next, the diol compound represented by the formula (b-2a) is obtained by reacting the epoxy compound represented by the formula (b-2c) with acrylic acid or methacrylic acid. In formula (b-2b) and formula (b-2c), R b11 , R b13 and t2 are as described in formula (b-2). Ring A b in formula (b-2b) and formula (b-2c) is as described in formula (b-3). In addition, the manufacturing method of the diol compound represented by formula (b-2a) is not limited to the said method. [chem 43]
Figure 02_image085

作為式(b-2b)所表示之二醇化合物之適宜例,可列舉以下之二醇化合物。 [化44]

Figure 02_image087
As a suitable example of the diol compound represented by formula (b-2b), the following diol compounds are mentioned. [chem 44]
Figure 02_image087

上述式(b-1)中,Rb0 為氫原子或-CO-Yb -COOH所表示之基。此處,Yb 表示自二羧酸酐中去除酸酐基(-CO-O-CO-)所得之殘基。作為二羧酸酐之例,可列舉:順丁烯二酸酐、琥珀酸酐、伊康酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、甲基內亞甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、氯橋酸酐、甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、戊二酸酐等。In the above formula (b-1), R b0 is a hydrogen atom or a group represented by -CO-Y b -COOH. Here, Yb represents the residue obtained by removing an acid anhydride group (-CO-O-CO-) from a dicarboxylic acid anhydride. Examples of dicarboxylic anhydrides include: maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methyl endomethylene Methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, chlorine bridge anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, glutaric anhydride, etc.

又,上述式(b-1)中,Zb 表示自四羧酸二酐中去除2個酸酐基所得之殘基。作為四羧酸二酐之例,可列舉:下述式(b-4)所表示之四羧酸二酐、均苯四甲酸二酐、二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、聯苯基四羧酸二酐、聯苯醚四羧酸二酐等。 又,上述式(b-1)中,t1表示0以上且20以下之整數。Moreover, in said formula ( b -1), Zb represents the residue obtained by removing two acid anhydride groups from tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Examples of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include tetracarboxylic dianhydrides represented by the following formula (b-4), pyromellitic dianhydrides, benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, and biphenyl tetracarboxylic dianhydrides. Carboxylic dianhydride, diphenyl ether tetracarboxylic dianhydride, etc. Moreover, in said formula (b-1), t1 represents the integer of 0-20.

[化45]

Figure 02_image089
(式(b-4)中,Rb14 、Rb15 及Rb16 分別獨立表示選自由氫原子、碳原子數1以上且10以下之烷基及氟原子所組成之群中之1種,t3表示0以上且12以下之整數)[chem 45]
Figure 02_image089
(In formula (b-4), R b14 , R b15 , and R b16 independently represent one species selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a fluorine atom, and t3 represents An integer between 0 and 12)

作為式(b-4)中之Rb14 可選擇之烷基係碳原子數為1以上且10以下之烷基。藉由將烷基所具備之碳原子數設定於該範圍,可顯著提高所獲得之羧酸酯之耐熱性。於Rb14 為烷基之情形時,其碳原子數就容易獲得耐熱性優異之Cardo樹脂之方面而言,較佳為1以上且6以下,更佳為1以上且5以下,進而較佳為1以上且4以下,尤佳為1以上且3以下。 於Rb14 為烷基之情形時,該烷基可為直鏈狀,亦可為支鏈狀。The alkyl group that can be selected as R b14 in the formula (b-4) is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The heat resistance of the obtained carboxylate can be remarkably improved by setting the number of carbon atoms which an alkyl group has in this range. When R b14 is an alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably from 1 to 6, more preferably from 1 to 5, and still more preferably from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a Cardo resin excellent in heat resistance. 1 or more and 4 or less, particularly preferably 1 or more and 3 or less. When R b14 is an alkyl group, the alkyl group may be linear or branched.

作為式(b-4)中之Rb14 ,就容易獲得耐熱性優異之Cardo樹脂之方面而言,更佳為分別獨立為氫原子或碳原子數1以上且10以下之烷基。式(b-4)中之Rb14 更佳為氫原子、甲基、乙基、正丙基或異丙基,尤佳為氫原子或甲基。 式(b-4)中之複數個Rb14 就容易製備高純度之四羧酸二酐之方面而言,較佳為相同之基。R b14 in the formula (b-4) is more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining a cardo resin excellent in heat resistance. R b14 in formula (b-4) is more preferably a hydrogen atom, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl, especially preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. A plurality of R b14 in the formula (b-4) are preferably the same group from the point of view of easy preparation of high-purity tetracarboxylic dianhydride.

式(b-4)中之t3表示0以上且12以下之整數。藉由將t3之值設為12以下,容易精製四羧酸二酐。 就容易精製四羧酸二酐之方面而言,t3之上限較佳為5,更佳為3。 就四羧酸二酐之化學穩定性之方面而言,t3之下限較佳為1,更佳為2。 式(b-4)中之t3尤佳為2或3。t3 in formula (b-4) represents the integer of 0-12. By making the value of t3 12 or less, it becomes easy to refine|purify tetracarboxylic dianhydride. The upper limit of t3 is preferably 5, more preferably 3, from the point which refine|purifies tetracarboxylic dianhydride easily. In terms of the chemical stability of tetracarboxylic dianhydride, the lower limit of t3 is preferably 1, more preferably 2. t3 in formula (b-4) is more preferably 2 or 3.

作為式(b-4)中之Rb15 及Rb16 可選擇之碳原子數1以上且10以下之烷基與作為Rb14 可選擇之碳原子數1以上且10以下之烷基相同。 Rb15 及Rb16 就容易精製四羧酸二酐之方面而言,較佳為氫原子、或碳原子數1以上且10以下(較佳為1以上且6以下,更佳為1以上且5以下,進而較佳為1以上且4以下,尤佳為1以上且3以下)之烷基,尤佳為氫原子或甲基。The alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms that can be selected as R b15 and R b16 in the formula (b-4) is the same as the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms that can be selected as R b14 . R b15 and R b16 are preferably a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 10 (preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 5) in terms of ease of purification of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride. or less, more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, especially preferably 1 or more and 3 or less) alkyl group, especially preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

作為式(b-4)所表示之四羧酸二酐,例如可列舉:降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環戊酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐(別名「降𦯉烷-2-螺-2'-環戊酮-5'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐」)、甲基降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環戊酮-α'-螺-2''-(甲基降𦯉烷)-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環己酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐(別名「降𦯉烷-2-螺-2'-環己酮-6'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐」)、甲基降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環己酮-α'-螺-2''-(甲基降𦯉烷)-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環丙酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環丁酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環庚酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環辛酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環壬酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環癸酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環十一酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環十二酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環十三酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環十四酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-環十五酮-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-(甲基環戊酮)-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐、降𦯉烷-2-螺-α-(甲基環己酮)-α'-螺-2''-降𦯉烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐等。Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the formula (b-4) include: nor-2-spiro-α-cyclopentanone-α'-spiro-2''-nor-2-5,5 '',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (alias "nor-spiro-2-spiro-2'-cyclopentanone-5'-spiro-2''-nor-spiro-5,5'' ,6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride"), Methylnor-2-spiro-α-cyclopentanone-α'-spiro-2''-(methylnor-2''-(methylnor-)-5, 5'',6,6''-Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor-2-spiro-α-cyclohexanone-α'-spiro-2''-nor-2''-nor-5,5'',6 ,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (alias "nor-2-spiro-2'-cyclohexanone-6'-spiro-2''-nor-spiro-5,5'',6,6 ''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride"), methylnor-2-spiro-α-cyclohexanone-α'-spiro-2''-(methylnor-2''-(methylnor-2'')-5,5'', 6,6''-Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor-2-spiro-α-cyclopropanone-α'-spiro-2''-nor-2-5,5'',6,6''- Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor-2-spiro-α-cyclobutanone-α'-spiro-2''-nor-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride , Norale-2-spiro-α-cycloheptanone-α'-spiro-2''-norale-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, norale- 2-Spiro-α-Cyclooctanone-α'-Spiro-2''-Nor-Spiro-5,5'',6,6''-Tetracarboxylic Dianhydride, Nor-Spiro-2-Spiro-α -Cyclononanone-α'-spiro-2''-nor-5,5'',6,6'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor-2-spiro-α-cyclodecanone- α'-Spiro-2''-Nor-Spiro-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, Nor-Spiro-2-Spiro-α-Cycloundecanone-α'-Spiro -2''-Norsan-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, norsan-2-spiro-α-cyclododecanone-α'-spiro-2'' -Northane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, northane-2-spiro-α-cyclododecone-α'-spiro-2''-northane -5,5'',6,6''-Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor-2-spiro-α-cyclotetradecone-α'-spiro-2''-nor-5,5 '',6,6''-Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor-2-spiro-α-cyclopentadecone-α'-spiro-2''-nor-5,5'',6 ,6''-Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor-2-spiro-α-(methylcyclopentanone)-α'-spiro-2''-nor-2-5,5'',6, 6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, nor-spiro-2-spiro-α-(methylcyclohexanone)-α'-spiro-2''-nor-spiro-5,5'',6,6 ''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, etc.

Cardo樹脂之重量平均分子量較佳為1000以上且40000,更佳為1500以上且30000以下,進而較佳為2000以上且10000以下。藉由設為上述範圍,不僅可獲得良好之顯影性,且可獲得充分之耐熱性、膜強度。The weight average molecular weight of the Cardo resin is preferably from 1,000 to 40,000, more preferably from 1,500 to 30,000, still more preferably from 2,000 to 10,000. By setting it as the said range, not only favorable developability but also sufficient heat resistance and film strength can be acquired.

(酚醛清漆樹脂) 作為樹脂(B2),亦可使用酚醛清漆樹脂。酚醛清漆樹脂相當於鹼可溶性樹脂。若使感光性組合物包含酚醛清漆樹脂作為樹脂(B2),則於使用感光性組合物形成硬化膜時對硬化膜進行後烘烤之情形時,容易抑制硬化膜過度地熱流動。 因此,於使用感光性組合物形成黑間隔柱之情形時,若感光性組合物包含酚醛清漆樹脂,則容易形成所需形狀之黑間隔柱。(Novolac resin) As resin (B2), a novolac resin can also be used. Novolak resins are equivalent to alkali-soluble resins. When making a photosensitive composition contain a novolac resin as resin (B2), when post-baking a cured film when forming a cured film using a photosensitive composition, it becomes easy to suppress excessive heat flow of a cured film. Therefore, when using a photosensitive composition to form a black spacer, if a photosensitive composition contains a novolac resin, it will become easy to form the black spacer of a desired shape.

作為酚醛清漆樹脂,可使用先前以來於感光性組合物中調配之各種酚醛清漆樹脂。作為酚醛清漆樹脂,較佳為藉由使具有酚性羥基之芳香族化合物(以下簡稱為「酚類」)與醛類於酸觸媒下進行加成縮合所獲得者。As the novolak resin, various novolak resins conventionally prepared in the photosensitive composition can be used. The novolac resin is preferably obtained by addition condensation of aromatic compounds having phenolic hydroxyl groups (hereinafter referred to as "phenols") and aldehydes under an acid catalyst.

・酚類 作為製作酚醛清漆樹脂時使用之酚類,例如可列舉:苯酚;鄰甲酚、間甲酚、對甲酚等甲酚類;2,3-二甲苯酚、2,4-二甲苯酚、2,5-二甲苯酚、2,6-二甲苯酚、3,4-二甲苯酚、3,5-二甲苯酚等二甲苯酚類;鄰乙基苯酚、間乙基苯酚、對乙基苯酚等乙基苯酚類;2-異丙基苯酚、3-異丙基苯酚、4-異丙基苯酚、鄰丁基苯酚、間丁基苯酚、對丁基苯酚、及對第三丁基苯酚等烷基苯酚類;2,3,5-三甲基苯酚、及3,4,5-三甲基苯酚等三烷基苯酚類;間苯二酚、鄰苯二酚、對苯二酚、對苯二酚單甲醚、鄰苯三酚、及間苯三酚等多元酚類;烷基間苯二酚、烷基鄰苯二酚、及烷基對苯二酚等烷基多元酚類(各烷基之碳原子數均為1以上且4以下);α-萘酚、β-萘酚;羥基聯苯;以及雙酚A等。該等酚類可單獨使用,亦可將2種以上組合使用。・Phenols Examples of phenols used in the production of novolac resins include: phenol; cresols such as o-cresol, m-cresol, and p-cresol; 2,3-xylenol, 2,4-xylenol Phenol, 2,5-xylenol, 2,6-xylenol, 3,4-xylenol, 3,5-xylenol and other xylenols; o-ethylphenol, m-ethylphenol, p- Ethylphenols such as ethylphenol; 2-isopropylphenol, 3-isopropylphenol, 4-isopropylphenol, o-butylphenol, m-butylphenol, p-butylphenol, and p-tert-butylphenol 2,3,5-trimethylphenol, and 3,4,5-trimethylphenol and other trialkylphenols; resorcinol, catechol, hydroquinone Polyphenols such as phenol, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, pyrogallol, and phloroglucinol; alkyl polyphenols such as alkyl resorcinol, alkyl catechol, and alkylhydroquinone Phenols (each alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms); α-naphthol, β-naphthol; hydroxybiphenyl; and bisphenol A, etc. These phenols may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

該等酚類之中,較佳為間甲酚及對甲酚,更佳為併用間甲酚與對甲酚。於該情形時,藉由調整兩者之調配比率,可調節使用感光性組合物所形成之硬化膜之耐熱性等各特性。 間甲酚與對甲酚之調配比率並無特別限定,以間甲酚/對甲酚之莫耳比計,較佳為3/7以上且8/2以下。藉由以該範圍之比率使用間甲酚及對甲酚,容易獲得能夠形成耐熱性優異之硬化膜之感光性組合物。Among these phenols, m-cresol and p-cresol are preferable, and m-cresol and p-cresol are more preferably used in combination. In this case, various characteristics, such as the heat resistance of the cured film formed using the photosensitive composition, can be adjusted by adjusting the compounding ratio of both. The blending ratio of m-cresol and p-cresol is not particularly limited, but is preferably not less than 3/7 and not more than 8/2 in terms of the molar ratio of m-cresol/p-cresol. By using m-cresol and p-cresol in the ratio of this range, the photosensitive composition which can form the cured film excellent in heat resistance can be obtained easily.

又,亦較佳為併用間甲酚與2,3,5-三甲基苯酚所製造之酚醛清漆樹脂。於使用該酚醛清漆樹脂之情形時,特別容易獲得能夠形成不易因後烘烤時之加熱而過度流動之硬化膜之感光性組合物。 間甲酚與2,3,5-三甲基苯酚之調配比率並無特別限定,以間甲酚/2,3,5-三甲基苯酚之莫耳比計,較佳為70/30以上且95/5以下。Also, a novolac resin produced by using m-cresol and 2,3,5-trimethylphenol in combination is also preferable. When this novolac resin is used, it is particularly easy to obtain a photosensitive composition capable of forming a cured film that does not easily flow excessively due to heating during post-baking. The mixing ratio of m-cresol and 2,3,5-trimethylphenol is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 70/30 or more based on the molar ratio of m-cresol/2,3,5-trimethylphenol And below 95/5.

・醛類 作為製作酚醛清漆樹脂時使用之醛類,例如可列舉:甲醛、多聚甲醛、糠醛、苯甲醛、硝基苯甲醛、及乙醛等。該等醛類可單獨使用,亦可將2種以上組合使用。・Aldehydes Examples of aldehydes used in the production of novolac resins include formaldehyde, paraformaldehyde, furfural, benzaldehyde, nitrobenzaldehyde, and acetaldehyde. These aldehydes may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

・酸觸媒 作為製作酚醛清漆樹脂時使用之酸觸媒,例如可列舉:鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸、磷酸、及亞磷酸等無機酸類;甲酸、草酸、乙酸、二乙基硫酸、及對甲苯磺酸等有機酸類;以及乙酸鋅等金屬鹽類等。該等酸觸媒可單獨使用,亦可將2種以上組合使用。・Acid catalyst The acid catalyst used in the production of novolak resins includes, for example, inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and phosphorous acid; formic acid, oxalic acid, acetic acid, diethyl sulfuric acid, and p-toluenesulfonate organic acids such as acid; and metal salts such as zinc acetate. These acid catalysts may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

・分子量 酚醛清漆樹脂之聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量(Mw;以下亦簡稱為「重量平均分子量」)就使用感光性組合物所形成之硬化膜針對因加熱引起之流動之耐性之觀點而言,下限值較佳為2000,更佳為5000,尤佳為10000,進而較佳為15000,最佳為20000,上限值較佳為50000,更佳為45000,進而較佳為40000,最佳為35000。・Molecular weight The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw; hereinafter also abbreviated as "weight average molecular weight") of novolac resin is from the viewpoint of resistance to flow caused by heating of a cured film formed using a photosensitive composition , the lower limit is preferably 2000, more preferably 5000, more preferably 10000, further preferably 15000, most preferably 20000, the upper limit is preferably 50000, more preferably 45000, and most preferably 40000 The best is 35000.

作為酚醛清漆樹脂,可將聚苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量不同之至少2種組合使用。藉由將重量平均分子量不同者大小組合而使用,可於感光性組合物之顯影性與使用感光性組合物所形成之硬化膜之耐熱性之間實現均衡。As the novolac resin, at least two types having different weight average molecular weights in terms of polystyrene can be used in combination. By combining and using those with different weight average molecular weights, a balance can be achieved between the developability of the photosensitive composition and the heat resistance of the cured film formed using the photosensitive composition.

(改性環氧樹脂) 就容易對使用感光性組合物所形成之硬化膜賦予更高之烘烤時之流動耐性與更高之耐水性之方面而言,感光性組合物亦可包含作為環氧化合物(b-3a)與含不飽和基之羧酸(b-3b)之反應物之多元酸酐(b-3c)加成體的改性環氧樹脂作為樹脂(B2)。 改性環氧樹脂由於其結構中具有羧基與乙烯性不飽和雙鍵等,故而發揮作為具有交聯性基之鹼可溶性樹脂之作用。 再者,於本案之說明書及申請專利範圍中,將符合上述定義且不相當於上述具有Cardo結構之樹脂之化合物作為改性環氧樹脂。(Modified Epoxy Resin) In terms of easily imparting higher flow resistance during baking and higher water resistance to the cured film formed using the photosensitive composition, the photosensitive composition may also contain epoxy as an epoxy resin. Modified epoxy resin of polybasic acid anhydride (b-3c) adduct product of reactant of oxygen compound (b-3a) and unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (b-3b) is used as resin (B2). The modified epoxy resin functions as an alkali-soluble resin having a crosslinkable group because it has a carboxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond in its structure. Furthermore, in the description and scope of the patent application of this case, the compound that meets the above definition and does not correspond to the above-mentioned resin with the Cardo structure is regarded as a modified epoxy resin.

以下,對環氧化合物(b-3a)、含不飽和基之羧酸(b-3b)、及多元酸酐(b-3c)進行說明。Hereinafter, epoxy compound (b-3a), unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (b-3b), and polybasic acid anhydride (b-3c) are demonstrated.

・環氧化合物(b-3a) 環氧化合物(b-3a)只要為具有環氧基之化合物,則並無特別限定,可為含有芳香族基之芳香族環氧化合物,亦可為不含芳香族基之脂肪族環氧化合物,較佳為含有芳香族基之芳香族環氧化合物。 環氧化合物(b-3a)可為單官能環氧化合物,亦可為二官能以上之多官能環氧化合物,較佳為多官能環氧化合物。・Epoxy compound (b-3a) The epoxy compound (b-3a) is not particularly limited as long as it has an epoxy group, and may be an aromatic epoxy compound containing an aromatic group, or may not contain The aliphatic epoxy compound having an aromatic group is preferably an aromatic epoxy compound containing an aromatic group. The epoxy compound (b-3a) may be a monofunctional epoxy compound, or a polyfunctional epoxy compound with more than two functions, preferably a polyfunctional epoxy compound.

作為環氧化合物(b-3a)之具體例,可列舉:雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、雙酚S型環氧樹脂、雙酚AD型環氧樹脂、萘型環氧樹脂、及聯苯型環氧樹脂等二官能環氧樹脂;二聚酸縮水甘油酯、及三縮水甘油酯等縮水甘油酯型環氧樹脂;四縮水甘油基胺基二苯基甲烷、三縮水甘油基對胺基苯酚、四縮水甘油基間苯二甲胺、及四縮水甘油基雙胺基甲基環己烷等縮水甘油基胺型環氧樹脂;異氰尿酸三縮水甘油酯等雜環式環氧樹脂;間苯三酚三縮水甘油醚、三羥基聯苯基三縮水甘油醚、三羥基苯基甲烷三縮水甘油醚、甘油三縮水甘油醚、2-[4-(2,3-環氧丙氧基)苯基]-2-[4-[1,1-雙[4-(2,3-環氧丙氧基)苯基]乙基]苯基]丙烷、及1,3-雙[4-[1-[4-(2,3-環氧丙氧基)苯基]-1-[4-[1-[4-(2,3-環氧丙氧基)苯基]-1-甲基乙基]苯基]乙基]苯氧基]-2-丙醇等三官能型環氧樹脂;四羥基苯基乙烷四縮水甘油醚、四縮水甘油基二苯甲酮、雙間苯二酚四縮水甘油醚、及四縮水甘油氧基聯苯等四官能型環氧樹脂。Specific examples of the epoxy compound (b-3a) include: bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, bisphenol AD type epoxy resin, naphthalene type Difunctional epoxy resins such as epoxy resins and biphenyl-type epoxy resins; glycidyl ester-type epoxy resins such as dimer acid glycidyl esters and triglycidyl esters; tetraglycidylaminodiphenylmethane, Glycidyl amine epoxy resins such as triglycidyl p-aminophenol, tetraglycidyl m-xylylenediamine, and tetraglycidyl bisaminomethylcyclohexane; triglycidyl isocyanurate, etc. Heterocyclic epoxy resin; phloroglucinol triglycidyl ether, trihydroxybiphenyl triglycidyl ether, trihydroxyphenylmethane triglycidyl ether, glycerol triglycidyl ether, 2-[4-(2, 3-epoxypropoxy)phenyl]-2-[4-[1,1-bis[4-(2,3-epoxypropoxy)phenyl]ethyl]phenyl]propane, and 1 ,3-bis[4-[1-[4-(2,3-epoxypropoxy)phenyl]-1-[4-[1-[4-(2,3-epoxypropoxy) Phenyl]-1-methylethyl]phenyl]ethyl]phenoxy]-2-propanol and other trifunctional epoxy resins; tetrahydroxyphenylethane tetraglycidyl ether, tetraglycidyl di Tetrafunctional epoxy resins such as benzophenone, bisresorcinol tetraglycidyl ether, and tetraglycidyloxybiphenyl.

又,作為環氧化合物(b-3a),較佳為具有聯苯骨架之環氧化合物。 具有聯苯骨架之環氧化合物較佳為於主鏈具有至少1個以上之下述式(b-3a-1)所表示之聯苯骨架。 具有聯苯骨架之環氧化合物較佳為具有2個以上之環氧基之多官能環氧化合物。 藉由使用具有聯苯骨架之環氧化合物,容易獲得感度與顯影性之均衡性優異、且可形成對基板之密接性優異之硬化膜之感光性組合物。Moreover, as an epoxy compound (b-3a), the epoxy compound which has a biphenyl skeleton is preferable. The epoxy compound having a biphenyl skeleton preferably has at least one biphenyl skeleton represented by the following formula (b-3a-1) in the main chain. The epoxy compound having a biphenyl skeleton is preferably a polyfunctional epoxy compound having two or more epoxy groups. By using the epoxy compound which has a biphenyl skeleton, it becomes easy to obtain the photosensitive composition which is excellent in the balance of sensitivity and developability, and can form the cured film excellent in the adhesiveness to a board|substrate.

[化46]

Figure 02_image091
(式(b-3a-1)中,Rb17 分別獨立為氫原子、碳原子數1以上且12以下之烷基、鹵素原子、或可具有取代基之苯基,j為1以上且4以下之整數)[chem 46]
Figure 02_image091
(In formula (b-3a-1), R b17 is each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or a phenyl group which may have a substituent, j is 1 to 4 integer)

於Rb17 為碳原子數1以上且12以下之烷基之情形時,作為烷基之具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正戊基、異戊基、第二戊基、第三戊基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、異辛基、第二辛基、第三辛基、正壬基、異壬基、正癸基、異癸基、正十一烷基、及正十二烷基。When R b17 is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, and isobutyl , second butyl, third butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, second pentyl, third pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, second octyl, second Trioctyl, n-nonyl, isononyl, n-decyl, isodecyl, n-undecyl, and n-dodecyl.

於Rb17 為鹵素原子之情形時,作為鹵素原子之具體例,可列舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、及碘原子。When R b17 is a halogen atom, specific examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

於Rb17 為可具有取代基之苯基之情形時,苯基上之取代基之數量無特別限定。苯基上之取代基之數量為0以上且5以下,較佳為0或1。 作為取代基之例,可列舉:碳原子數1以上且4以下之烷基、碳原子數1以上且4以下之烷氧基、碳原子數2以上且4以下之脂肪族醯基、鹵素原子、氰基、及硝基。When R b17 is a phenyl group which may have a substituent, the number of substituents on the phenyl group is not particularly limited. The number of substituents on the phenyl group is 0 to 5, preferably 0 or 1. Examples of substituents include alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, aliphatic acyl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, and halogen atoms. , cyano, and nitro.

作為具有上述式(b-3a-1)所表示之聯苯骨架之環氧化合物(b-3a),並無特別限定,例如可列舉下述式(b-3a-2)所表示之環氧化合物。 [化47]

Figure 02_image093
(式(b-3a-2)中,Rb17 及j與式(b-3a-1)中相同,k表示括弧內之結構單元之平均重複數,為0以上且10以下)The epoxy compound (b-3a) having a biphenyl skeleton represented by the above formula (b-3a-1) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include epoxy compounds represented by the following formula (b-3a-2). compound. [chem 47]
Figure 02_image093
(In formula (b-3a-2), R b17 and j are the same as in formula (b-3a-1), and k represents the average repeating number of structural units in parentheses, which is 0 or more and 10 or less)

於式(b-3a-2)所表示之環氧化合物之中,就特別容易獲得感度與顯影性之均衡性優異之感光性組合物之方面而言,較佳為下述式(b-3a-3)所表示之化合物。 [化48]

Figure 02_image095
(式(b-3a-3)中,k與式(b-3a-2)中相同)Among the epoxy compounds represented by the formula (b-3a-2), the following formula (b-3a) is preferable in terms of being particularly easy to obtain a photosensitive composition having an excellent balance between sensitivity and developability -3) The compound represented. [chem 48]
Figure 02_image095
(In formula (b-3a-3), k is the same as in formula (b-3a-2))

(含不飽和基之羧酸(b-3b)) 於製備改性環氧化合物(b-3)時,使環氧化合物(b-3a)與含不飽和基之羧酸(b-3b)進行反應。 作為含不飽和基之羧酸(b-3b),較佳為分子中含有丙烯酸基或甲基丙烯酸基等反應性不飽和雙鍵之單羧酸。作為此種含不飽和基之羧酸,例如可列舉:丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、β-苯乙烯基丙烯酸、β-糠基丙烯酸、α-氰基桂皮酸、桂皮酸等。又,含不飽和基之羧酸(b-3b)可單獨使用或將2種以上組合使用。(Carboxylic acid (b-3b) containing unsaturated group) When preparing modified epoxy compound (b-3), make epoxy compound (b-3a) and carboxylic acid (b-3b) containing unsaturated group react. The unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (b-3b) is preferably a monocarboxylic acid having a reactive unsaturated double bond such as an acrylic group or a methacrylic group in the molecule. Examples of such unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acids include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, β-styryl acrylic acid, β-furfuryl acrylic acid, α-cyanocincinnamic acid, and cinnamic acid. Moreover, unsaturated group containing carboxylic acid (b-3b) can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

環氧化合物(b-3a)與含不飽和基之羧酸(b-3b)可藉由公知方法反應。作為較佳之反應方法,例如可列舉以下方法:將三乙基胺、苄基乙基胺等三級胺、十二烷基三甲基氯化銨、四甲基氯化銨、四乙基氯化銨、苄基三乙基氯化銨等四級銨鹽、吡啶、或三苯基膦等作為觸媒,使環氧化合物(b-3a)與含不飽和基之羧酸(b-3b)於有機溶劑中於50℃以上且150℃以下之反應溫度下反應數小時至數十小時。The epoxy compound (b-3a) and the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (b-3b) can be reacted by a known method. As a preferred reaction method, for example, the following method can be cited: triethylamine, benzylethylamine and other tertiary amines, dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium chloride, tetraethyl chloride Ammonium chloride, benzyltriethylammonium chloride and other quaternary ammonium salts, pyridine, or triphenylphosphine, etc., are used as catalysts to make epoxy compound (b-3a) and unsaturated carboxylic acid (b-3b) ) is reacted in an organic solvent at a reaction temperature of not less than 50°C and not more than 150°C for several hours to tens of hours.

關於環氧化合物(b-3a)與含不飽和基之羧酸(b-3b)之反應中之兩者之使用量之比率,以環氧化合物(b-3a)之環氧當量與含不飽和基之羧酸(b-3b)之羧酸當量的比計,通常較佳為1:0.5~1:2,更佳為1:0.8~1:1.25,尤佳為1:0.9~1:1.1。 若環氧化合物(b-3a)之使用量與含不飽和基之羧酸(b-3b)之使用量之比率以上述當量比計為1:0.5~1:2,則存在交聯效率提高之傾向,從而較佳。Regarding the ratio of the amount of the two used in the reaction between the epoxy compound (b-3a) and the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (b-3b), the epoxy equivalent of the epoxy compound (b-3a) and the amount containing the unsaturated group The ratio of the carboxylic acid equivalents of the carboxylic acid (b-3b) of the saturated group is usually preferably 1:0.5 to 1:2, more preferably 1:0.8 to 1:1.25, especially preferably 1:0.9 to 1: 1.1. When the ratio of the amount of epoxy compound (b-3a) used to the amount of unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (b-3b) used is 1:0.5 to 1:2 in terms of the above equivalent ratio, the crosslinking efficiency is improved The tendency is better.

(多元酸酐(b-3c)) 多元酸酐(b-3c)係具有2個以上之羧基之羧酸之酸酐。 作為多元酸酐(b-3c),並無特別限定,例如可列舉:順丁烯二酸酐、琥珀酸酐、伊康酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、偏苯三甲酸酐、均苯四甲酸酐、二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3-甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、4-甲基六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、3-乙基六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、4-乙基六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、3-甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、4-甲基四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、3-乙基四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、4-乙基四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、下述式(b-3c-1)所表示之化合物、及下述式(b-3c-2)所表示之化合物。又,多元酸酐(b-3c)可單獨使用或將2種以上組合使用。(Polybasic acid anhydride (b-3c)) The polybasic acid anhydride (b-3c) is an acid anhydride of carboxylic acid which has 2 or more carboxyl groups. It does not specifically limit as polybasic acid anhydride (b-3c), For example, maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, Formic anhydride, methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3-methylhexahydro Phthalic anhydride, 4-methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, 3-ethylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-ethylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 3-methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 3-ethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-ethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, the following A compound represented by the formula (b-3c-1), and a compound represented by the following formula (b-3c-2). Moreover, polybasic acid anhydride (b-3c) can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

[化49]

Figure 02_image097
(式(b-3c-2)中,Rb18 表示碳原子數1以上且10以下之可具有取代基之伸烷基)[chem 49]
Figure 02_image097
(In formula (b-3c-2), R b18 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms)

作為多元酸酐(b-3c),就容易獲得感度與顯影性之均衡性優異之感光性組合物之方面而言,較佳為具有2個以上之苯環之化合物。又,多元酸酐(b-3c)更佳為包含上述式(b-3c-1)所表示之化合物、及上述式(b-3c-2)所表示之化合物之至少一者。As polybasic acid anhydride (b-3c), it is preferable that it is a compound which has 2 or more benzene rings at the point which is easy to obtain the photosensitive composition excellent in the balance of sensitivity and developability. Moreover, it is more preferable that polybasic acid anhydride (b-3c) contains at least one of the compound represented by said formula (b-3c-1) and the compound represented by said formula (b-3c-2).

作為使環氧化合物(b-3a)與含不飽和基之羧酸(b-3b)反應後再與多元酸酐(b-3c)反應之方法,可自公知方法中適當選擇。 又,關於使用量比,以環氧化合物(b-3a)與含不飽和基之羧酸(b-3b)反應後之成分中之OH基之莫耳數、與多元酸酐(b-3c)之酸酐基之當量比計,通常為1:1~1:0.1,較佳為1:0.8~1:0.2。藉由設為上述範圍,容易獲得顯影性良好之感光性組合物。As a method of reacting the epoxy compound (b-3a) with the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (b-3b), and then reacting with the polybasic acid anhydride (b-3c), it can be appropriately selected from known methods. Also, regarding the usage ratio, the molar number of the OH group in the component after the reaction of the epoxy compound (b-3a) and the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (b-3b), and the polybasic acid anhydride (b-3c) The equivalent ratio of the acid anhydride groups is usually 1:1 to 1:0.1, preferably 1:0.8 to 1:0.2. By setting it as the said range, it becomes easy to obtain the photosensitive composition with favorable developability.

又,改性環氧樹脂(b-3)之酸值以樹脂固形物成分計,較佳為10 mgKOH/g以上且150 mgKOH/g以下,更佳為70 mgKOH/g以上且110 mgKOH/g以下。藉由將樹脂之酸值設為10 mgKOH/g以上,可獲得於顯影液中之充分之溶解性,又,藉由將酸值設為150 mgKOH/g以下,可獲得充分之硬化性,且可使表面性變得良好。In addition, the acid value of the modified epoxy resin (b-3) is calculated based on the resin solid content, preferably not less than 10 mgKOH/g and not more than 150 mgKOH/g, more preferably not less than 70 mgKOH/g and not more than 110 mgKOH/g the following. By setting the acid value of the resin to 10 mgKOH/g or more, sufficient solubility in the developer can be obtained, and by setting the acid value to 150 mgKOH/g or less, sufficient curability can be obtained, and Surface properties can be improved.

又,改性環氧樹脂(b-3)之重量平均分子量較佳為1000以上且40000以下,更佳為2000以上且30000以下。藉由重量平均分子量為1000以上,容易形成耐熱性及強度優異之黑間隔柱。又,藉由為40000以下,容易獲得於顯影液中表現出充分之溶解性之感光性組合物。In addition, the weight average molecular weight of the modified epoxy resin (b-3) is preferably from 1,000 to 40,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 30,000. When the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more, it becomes easy to form the black spacer excellent in heat resistance and strength. Moreover, by being 40000 or less, it becomes easy to obtain the photosensitive composition which shows sufficient solubility in a developing solution.

(含有主鏈上具有環結構之結構單元之聚合物) 含有主鏈上具有環結構之結構單元之聚合物只要為具有特定環結構且具備特定鹼可溶性之樹脂,則並無特別限定。作為含有主鏈上具有環結構之結構單元之聚合物之適宜例,可列舉:含有源自順丁烯二醯亞胺之結構單元(以下亦稱為「結構單元(A2a)」)之聚合物(以下亦稱為「聚合物(A2)」)、及含有下述式(A-1)所表示之結構單元(以下亦稱為「結構單元(A1a)」)之聚合物(以下亦稱為「聚合物(A1)」)。(Polymer Containing a Structural Unit Having a Ring Structure in the Main Chain) The polymer including a structural unit having a ring structure in the main chain is not particularly limited as long as it is a resin having a specific ring structure and specific alkali solubility. A suitable example of a polymer containing a structural unit having a ring structure in the main chain includes a polymer containing a maleimide-derived structural unit (hereinafter also referred to as "structural unit (A2a)") (hereinafter also referred to as "polymer (A2)"), and a polymer (hereinafter also referred to as "Polymer (A1)").

作為聚合物(A2)所具有之源自順丁烯二醯亞胺之結構單元(A2a),只要為使具有順丁烯二醯亞胺骨架之單體聚合所獲得者,則並無特別限定。作為具有順丁烯二醯亞胺骨架之單體,例如可列舉:N-苄基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺等。The maleimide-derived structural unit (A2a) of the polymer (A2) is not particularly limited as long as it is obtained by polymerizing a monomer having a maleimide skeleton. . Examples of monomers having a maleimide skeleton include: N-benzylmaleimide, N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide Amide, etc.

尤其是包含含有主鏈上具有環結構之結構單元(A1a)之聚合物(A1)的感光性組合物於顯影液中之溶解性良好。In particular, a photosensitive composition containing a polymer (A1) containing a structural unit (A1a) having a ring structure in the main chain has good solubility in a developing solution.

[化50]

Figure 02_image099
[chemical 50]
Figure 02_image099

式(A-1)中,環A為具有1個氧原子作為成環原子之碳原子數4以上且6以下之飽和脂肪族環式基。環A較佳為具有1個氧原子作為成環原子之碳原子數4或5之飽和脂肪族環式基,更佳為四氫呋喃環或四氫吡喃環,進而較佳為下述式(A-3)所表示之結構單元(以下亦稱為「結構單元(A1a1)」)中之四氫吡喃環或下述式(A-4)所表示之結構單元(以下亦稱為「結構單元(A1a2)」)中之四氫呋喃環。 [化51]

Figure 02_image101
In formula (A-1), ring A is a saturated aliphatic ring group having 4 or more and 6 or less carbon atoms having one oxygen atom as a ring constituting atom. Ring A is preferably a saturated aliphatic ring group with 4 or 5 carbon atoms having one oxygen atom as a ring-forming atom, more preferably a tetrahydrofuran ring or a tetrahydropyran ring, and more preferably the following formula (A -3) The tetrahydropyran ring in the structural unit represented by (hereinafter also referred to as "structural unit (A1a1)") or the structural unit represented by the following formula (A-4) (hereinafter also referred to as "structural unit (A1a1)") (A1a2)") in the tetrahydrofuran ring. [Chemical 51]
Figure 02_image101

主鏈上含有上述式(A-1)所表示之結構單元之聚合物(聚合物(A1))通常於主鏈上含有複數個上述式(A-1)所表示之結構單元(結構單元(A1a))。於複數個結構單元(A1a)中,各結構單元(A1a)所含有之環A於構成聚合物(A1)之一條主鏈上相互可相同亦可不同。具體而言,構成聚合物(A1)之一條主鏈例如可僅具有上述式(A-3)所表示之結構單元作為該主鏈所含之上述式(A-1)所表示之結構單元,亦可僅具有上述式(A-4)所表示之結構單元作為該主鏈所含之上述式(A-1)所表示之結構單元,亦可同時具有上述式(A-3)所表示之結構單元與上述式(A-4)所表示之結構單元作為該主鏈所含之上述式(A-1)所表示之結構單元。The polymer (polymer (A1)) containing the structural unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (A-1) on the main chain usually contains a plurality of structural units represented by the above-mentioned formula (A-1) on the main chain (structural unit ( A1a)). Among the plurality of structural units (A1a), the ring A contained in each structural unit (A1a) may be the same as or different from each other on one main chain constituting the polymer (A1). Specifically, one main chain constituting the polymer (A1) may have, for example, only the structural unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (A-3) as the structural unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (A-1) contained in the main chain, It is also possible to have only the structural unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (A-4) as the structural unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (A-1) contained in the main chain, or it can also have the structural unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (A-3) The structural unit and the structural unit represented by the above formula (A-4) serve as the structural unit represented by the above formula (A-1) contained in the main chain.

於上述式(A-1)、式(A-3)及式(A-4)中,Rb1 及Rb2 分別為獨立為氫原子或-COORb3 ,Rb3 分別為獨立為氫原子或可具有取代基之碳原子數1以上且25以下之烴基。Rb1 及Rb2 較佳為-COORb3 。於構成含有上述式(A-1)所表示之結構單元之聚合物(聚合物(A1))之一條主鏈含有複數個環A之情形時,鍵結於各環A上之-COORb3 分別獨立,各環A上可鍵結有作為-COORb3 之相同或不同之基。In the above formula (A-1), formula (A-3) and formula (A-4), R b1 and R b2 are independently hydrogen atoms or -COOR b3 , and R b3 are independently hydrogen atoms or -COOR b3, respectively. A hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms having a substituent. R b1 and R b2 are preferably -COOR b3 . When one main chain of the polymer (polymer (A1)) comprising the structural unit represented by the above formula (A-1) contains a plurality of rings A, -COOR b3 bonded to each ring A is respectively Independently, the same or different groups as -COOR b3 may be bonded to each ring A.

作為Rb1 及Rb2 所表示之可具有取代基之碳原子數1以上且25以下之烴基,並無特別限制。作為烴基之具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、第三戊基、硬脂基、月桂基、2-乙基己基等直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基;苯基等芳基;環己基、第三丁基環己基、二環戊二烯基、三環癸基、異𦯉基、金剛烷基、2-甲基-2-金剛烷基等脂環式基;1-甲氧基乙基、1-乙氧基乙基等經烷氧基取代之烷基;苄基等經芳基取代之烷基等。The hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by R b1 and R b2 is not particularly limited. Specific examples of the hydrocarbon group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, tert-amyl, stearyl, lauryl, 2- Linear or branched alkyl groups such as ethylhexyl; aryl groups such as phenyl; cyclohexyl, tert-butylcyclohexyl, dicyclopentadienyl, tricyclodecanyl, isothiol, adamantyl , 2-methyl-2-adamantyl and other alicyclic groups; 1-methoxyethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl and other alkyl substituted by alkoxy; benzyl and other aryl substituted Alkyl etc.

於Rb1 及Rb2 為烴基之情形時,烴基之碳原子數較佳為8以下。作為碳原子數為8以下之烴基,就不易因酸或熱而發生脫離之方面而言,較佳為烴基所具有之一末端自由之鍵結鍵與一級碳原子或二級碳原子鍵結之烴基。作為此種烴基,較佳為碳原子數為1以上且8以下之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基,較佳為碳原子數為1以上且5以下之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基。 作為此種烴基之具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、環己基、苄基等,較佳為甲基。When R b1 and R b2 are hydrocarbon groups, the number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon group is preferably 8 or less. As a hydrocarbon group with 8 or less carbon atoms, it is preferable that the hydrocarbon group has a free terminal bond bonded to a primary carbon atom or a secondary carbon atom in terms of being less likely to be detached by acid or heat. Hydrocarbyl. Such a hydrocarbon group is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. alkyl. Specific examples of such a hydrocarbon group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a benzyl group, and the like, preferably a methyl group.

於構成含有上述式(A-1)所表示之結構單元(結構單元(A1a))之聚合物(聚合物(A1))之一條主鏈上含有複數個結構單元(A1a)之情形時,各結構單元(A1a)中所鍵結之Rb1 及Rb2 於各結構單元(A1a)間可相同亦可不同。 於該各結構單元(A1a)間含有相同或不同之環A之情形時,Rb1 及Rb2 相互獨立,與所鍵結之各環A之種類無關。When one main chain of a polymer (polymer (A1)) comprising a structural unit (structural unit (A1a)) represented by the above formula (A-1) contains a plurality of structural units (A1a), each R b1 and R b2 bonded in the structural unit (A1a) may be the same or different among the structural units (A1a). When the respective structural units (A1a) contain the same or different ring A, R b1 and R b2 are independent of each other, regardless of the type of each ring A to be bonded.

具體而言,於構成聚合物(A1)之一條主鏈上含有複數個上述式(A-3)所表示之結構單元(結構單元(A1a1))之情形時,各結構單元(A1a1)中之Rb1 及Rb2 於各結構單元(A1a1)間可相同亦可不同。Specifically, when one main chain constituting the polymer (A1) contains a plurality of structural units (structural units (A1a1)) represented by the above formula (A-3), in each structural unit (A1a1) R b1 and R b2 may be the same or different among the respective structural units (A1a1).

於構成聚合物(A1)之一條主鏈上含有複數個上述式(A-4)所表示之結構單元(結構單元(A1a2))之情形時,各結構單元(A1a2)中之Rb1 及Rb2 於各結構單元(A1a2)間可相同亦可不同。 進而,於構成聚合物(A1)之一條主鏈上含有上述式(A-3)所表示之結構單元(結構單元(A1a1))與上述式(A-4)所表示之結構單元(結構單元(A1a2))之情形時,各結構單元(A1a1)中之Rb1 及Rb2 與各結構單元(A1a2)中之Rb1 及Rb2 可相同亦可不同。When one main chain constituting the polymer (A1) contains a plurality of structural units represented by the above formula (A-4) (structural unit (A1a2)), R b1 and R in each structural unit (A1a2) b2 may be the same or different among the respective structural units (A1a2). Furthermore, the structural unit represented by the above formula (A-3) (structural unit (A1a1)) and the structural unit represented by the above formula (A-4) (structural unit In the case of (A1a2)), R b1 and R b2 in each structural unit (A1a1) and R b1 and R b2 in each structural unit (A1a2) may be the same or different.

上述式(A-3)所表示之結構單元(結構單元(A1a1))可為下述式(A-5)所表示之重複單元(以下亦稱為「重複單元(ar1)」)之一部分。上述式(A-4)所表示之結構單元(結構單元(A1a2))可為下述式(A-6)所表示之重複單元(以下亦稱為「重複單元(ar2)」)之一部分。 [化52]

Figure 02_image103
(式(A-5)及式(A-6)中,Rb1 及Rb2 分別獨立,且與上述相同)The structural unit represented by the above formula (A-3) (structural unit (A1a1)) may be part of a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-5) (hereinafter also referred to as "repeating unit (ar1)"). The structural unit (structural unit (A1a2)) represented by the above formula (A-4) may be part of a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-6) (hereinafter also referred to as "repeating unit (ar2)"). [Chemical 52]
Figure 02_image103
(In the formula (A-5) and the formula (A-6), R b1 and R b2 are independently independent and the same as above)

作為提供上述式(A-5)及(A-6)所表示之各重複單元之單體,例如可列舉下述式所表示之1,6-二烯類。 [化53]

Figure 02_image105
(上述式中,Rb3 分別獨立,且與上述相同)As a monomer which provides each repeating unit represented by said formula (A-5) and (A-6), the 1, 6- diene represented by the following formula is mentioned, for example. [Chemical 53]
Figure 02_image105
(In the above formula, R b3 are independently independent and the same as above)

於提供主鏈上含有上述式(A-1)所表示之結構單元(結構單元(A1a))之聚合物(聚合物(A1))的單體組合物中,提供含有結構單元(A1a)之重複單元(可含有上述結構單元(A1a1)及結構單元(A1a2))之單體(A1ma)之含有比率相對於單體組合物中之單體之總量,較佳為1質量%以上且60質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以上且50質量%以下,尤佳為10質量%以上且40質量%以下。In the monomer composition providing the polymer (polymer (A1)) containing the structural unit (structural unit (A1a)) represented by the above-mentioned formula (A-1) on the main chain, the monomer composition containing the structural unit (A1a) is provided. The content ratio of the monomer (A1ma) of the repeating unit (which may contain the above-mentioned structural unit (A1a1) and structural unit (A1a2)) is preferably 1% by mass or more and 60% to the total amount of monomers in the monomer composition. % by mass or less, more preferably not less than 5 mass % and not more than 50 mass %, especially preferably not less than 10 mass % and not more than 40 mass %.

聚合物(A1)較佳為含有側鏈具有酸基之重複單元(A1b)。若聚合物(A1)含有側鏈具有酸基之重複單元(A1b),則可獲得鹼性顯影性優異之感光性組合物。作為構成側鏈具有酸基之重複單元(A1b)之單體(A1mb),例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基琥珀酸、伊康酸、ω-羧基-聚己內酯單丙烯酸酯等具有羧基之單體;順丁烯二酸酐、伊康酸酐等具有羧酸酐基之單體等。其中,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸。The polymer (A1) preferably contains a repeating unit (A1b) having an acid group in a side chain. If the polymer (A1) contains a repeating unit (A1b) having an acid group in the side chain, a photosensitive composition excellent in alkali developability can be obtained. Examples of the monomer (A1mb) constituting the repeating unit (A1b) having an acid group in the side chain include (meth)acrylic acid, 2-(meth)acryloxyethylsuccinic acid, itaconic acid, omega -Carboxyl group-monomers with carboxyl groups such as polycaprolactone monoacrylate; monomers with carboxylic acid anhydride groups such as maleic anhydride and itaconic anhydride, etc. Among them, (meth)acrylic acid is preferred.

於提供聚合物(A1)之單體組合物中,構成側鏈具有酸基之重複單元(A1b)之單體(A1mb)之含有比率相對於單體組合物中之單體之總量,較佳為1質量%以上且50質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以上且40質量%以下,進而較佳為10質量%以上且35質量%以下。In the monomer composition providing the polymer (A1), the content ratio of the monomer (A1mb) constituting the repeating unit (A1b) having an acid group in the side chain (A1mb) relative to the total amount of monomers in the monomer composition is higher than Preferably, it is 1 mass % or more and 50 mass % or less, More preferably, it is 5 mass % or more and 40 mass % or less, More preferably, it is 10 mass % or more and 35 mass % or less.

聚合物(A1)較佳為含有側鏈具有碳雙鍵之重複單元(A1c)。側鏈具有碳雙鍵之重複單元(A1c)可藉由以側鏈具有酸基之重複單元(A1b)之酸基之一部分或全部(較佳為一部分)作為反應點,加成具有碳雙鍵之化合物而獲得。The polymer (A1) preferably contains a repeating unit (A1c) having a carbon double bond in the side chain. The repeating unit (A1c) having a carbon double bond in the side chain can be added with a carbon double bond by using part or all (preferably a part) of the acid group of the repeating unit (A1b) having an acid group in the side chain as the reaction point. obtained from the compound.

於側鏈具有酸基之重複單元(A1b)之酸基為羧基之情形時,作為具有碳雙鍵之化合物,可使用具有環氧基與雙鍵之化合物、具有異氰酸基與雙鍵之化合物等。作為具有環氧基與雙鍵之化合物,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧環己基甲酯、鄰乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、間乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、對乙烯基苄基縮水甘油醚、丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯縮水甘油醚等。作為具有異氰酸基與雙鍵之化合物,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸2-異氰酸基乙酯等。於側鏈具有酸基之重複單元(A1b)之酸基為羧酸酐基之情形時,作為具有碳雙鍵之化合物,可使用具有羥基與雙鍵之化合物。作為具有羥基與雙鍵之化合物,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯等。When the acid group of the repeating unit (A1b) having an acid group in the side chain is a carboxyl group, as a compound having a carbon double bond, a compound having an epoxy group and a double bond, a compound having an isocyanate group and a double bond can be used. compounds etc. Examples of compounds having an epoxy group and a double bond include glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth)acrylate, o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, m- Vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, p-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether, and the like. As a compound which has an isocyanato group and a double bond, 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth)acrylate etc. are mentioned. When the acid group of the repeating unit (A1b) having an acid group in the side chain is a carboxylic acid anhydride group, a compound having a hydroxyl group and a double bond can be used as the compound having a carbon double bond. As a compound which has a hydroxyl group and a double bond, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate etc. are mentioned, for example.

聚合物(A1)可進而含有源自能夠與上述單體(A1ma)、單體(A1mb)及/或單體(A1mc)共聚合之其他單體(A1me)之其他重複單元(A1e)。The polymer (A1) may further contain other repeating units (A1e) derived from other monomers (A1me) copolymerizable with the above-mentioned monomers (A1ma), monomers (A1mb) and/or monomers (A1mc).

作為其他單體(A1me),例如可為進而含有側鏈具有2個以上之氧伸烷基之重複單元者。作為側鏈具有2個以上之氧伸烷基之重複單元,例如可列舉下述式所表示之重複單元。 [化54]

Figure 02_image107
As another monomer (A1me), for example, it may further include a repeating unit having an oxyalkylene group having two or more side chains. As a repeating unit which has 2 or more oxyalkylene groups in a side chain, the repeating unit represented by the following formula is mentioned, for example. [Chemical 54]
Figure 02_image107

上述式中,Rb7 、Rb8 及Rb9 分別獨立為氫原子或甲基,較佳為氫原子。Rb10 為碳原子數為1以上且20以下之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烷基、碳原子數為2以上且20以下之直鏈狀或支鏈狀之烯基、或碳原子數為6以上且20以下之芳香族烴基,較佳為氫原子、碳原子數為1以上且20以下之直鏈狀烷基、碳原子數為2以上且20以下之直鏈狀烯基、或碳原子數為6以上且20以下之芳香族烴基,更佳為碳原子數為1以上且10以下之直鏈狀烷基、或碳原子數為6以上且12以下之芳香族烴基,進而較佳為碳原子數為1以上且5以下之直鏈狀烷基、苯基或聯苯基,尤佳為甲基、苯基或聯苯基。再者,烷基、烯基及芳香族烴基可具有取代基。AO表示氧伸烷基。AO所表示之氧伸烷基之碳原子數為2以上且20以下,較佳為2以上且10以下,更佳為2以上且5以下,進而較佳為2。側鏈具有2個以上之氧伸烷基之重複單元可包含1種或2種以上之氧伸烷基。x表示0以上且2以下之整數。y表示0或1。z表示氧伸烷基之平均加成莫耳數,為2以上,較佳為2以上且100以下,更佳為2以上且50以下,進而較佳為2以上且15以下。In the above formula, R b7 , R b8 and R b9 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom. R b10 is a linear or branched alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a linear or branched alkenyl group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkenyl group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or An aromatic hydrocarbon group of 6 to 20, preferably a hydrogen atom, a straight-chain alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a straight-chain alkenyl group with 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or a carbon An aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 20 atoms, more preferably a linear alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 12 carbon atoms, even more preferably It is a straight-chain alkyl group, phenyl group or biphenyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, particularly preferably methyl group, phenyl group or biphenyl group. In addition, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. AO represents an oxyalkylene group. The number of carbon atoms in the oxyalkylene group represented by AO is 2 to 20, preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 5, and still more preferably 2. The repeating unit having two or more oxyalkylene groups in the side chain may contain one or more kinds of oxyalkylene groups. x represents an integer of 0 to 2. y means 0 or 1. z represents the average addition mole number of oxyalkylene groups, and is 2 or more, preferably 2 or more and 100 or less, more preferably 2 or more and 50 or less, and still more preferably 2 or more and 15 or less.

側鏈具有2個以上之氧伸烷基之重複單元係由側鏈具有2個以上之氧伸烷基之單體所構成。作為該單體,例如可列舉下述式所表示之單體。 [化55]

Figure 02_image109
(上述式中,Rb7 、Rb8 、Rb9 、Rb10 、AO、x、y及z如上述說明)The repeating unit having two or more oxyalkylene groups in the side chain is composed of a monomer having two or more oxyalkylene groups in the side chain. As this monomer, the monomer represented by the following formula is mentioned, for example. [Chemical 55]
Figure 02_image109
(In the above formula, R b7 , R b8 , R b9 , R b10 , AO, x, y and z are as described above)

作為上述側鏈具有2個以上之氧伸烷基之單體,例如可列舉:乙氧基化鄰苯基苯酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯(EO2莫耳)、苯氧基二乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、苯氧基聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯(EO4莫耳)、甲氧基聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯(EO9莫耳)、甲氧基聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯(EO13莫耳)、甲氧基三乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基二乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丁氧基二乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-乙基己基二乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甲氧基二丙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甲氧基聚丙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、壬基苯氧基聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯(EO4~17莫耳)、壬基苯氧基聚丙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯(PO5莫耳)、EO改性甲酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯(EO2莫耳)等。該等單體可單獨使用或將2種以上組合使用。其中,較佳為乙氧基化鄰苯基苯酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯(EO2莫耳)、甲氧基聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯(EO9莫耳)、甲氧基聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯(EO13莫耳)。進而較佳為乙氧基化鄰苯基苯酚丙烯酸酯(EO2莫耳)、甲氧基聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯(EO9莫耳)、甲氧基聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯(EO13莫耳)。再者,於本說明書中,例如「EO2莫耳」、「PO5莫耳」等記述表示氧伸烷基之平均加成莫耳數。As the above-mentioned monomer having two or more oxyalkylene groups in the side chain, for example, ethoxylated o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylate (EO2 mole), phenoxydiethylene glycol (meth) base) acrylate, phenoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate (EO4 mol), methoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate (EO9 mol), methoxypolyethylene glycol (Meth)acrylate (EO13 mole), methoxytriethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, ethoxydiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, butoxydiethylene glycol (methyl) ) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyldiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, methoxydipropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, methoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, nonylphenoxy poly Ethylene glycol (meth)acrylate (EO4~17 mol), nonylphenoxy polypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate (PO5 mol), EO modified cresol (meth)acrylate (EO2 mol ear) etc. These monomers can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. Among them, preferred are ethoxylated o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylate (EO2 mole), methoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate (EO9 mole), methoxypolyethylene glycol Alcohol (meth)acrylate (EO 13 mol). Further preferred are ethoxylated o-phenylphenol acrylate (EO2 mol), methoxypolyethylene glycol acrylate (EO9 mol), and methoxypolyethylene glycol acrylate (EO13 mol). In addition, in this specification, descriptions, such as "EO2 mole" and "PO5 mole" represent the average addition mole number of an oxyalkylene group.

作為其他單體(A1me),又,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸聯苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基乙酯、丁氧基乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-乙基己基乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甲氧基丙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸聯苯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三環癸氧基乙酯、壬基苯氧基乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、壬基苯氧基丙二醇、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、乙氧基化鄰苯基苯酚(甲基)丙烯酸酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯類;(甲基)丙烯醯基𠰌啉(嗎啉基(甲基)丙烯酸酯)、(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-異丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-第三丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-第三辛基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、雙丙酮(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-羥基乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-環己基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-苯基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-苄基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-三苯基甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺等(甲基)丙烯醯胺類;苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、α-甲基苯乙烯等芳香族乙烯基化合物;丁二烯、異戊二烯等丁二烯或取代丁二烯化合物;乙烯、丙烯、氯乙烯、丙烯腈等乙烯或取代乙烯化合物;乙酸乙烯酯等乙烯酯類等。該等單體可單獨使用或將2種以上組合使用。As another monomer (A1me), for example, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate, base) n-butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) ) lauryl acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, biphenyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxy (meth)acrylate Ethyl ester, Butoxyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, 2-Ethylhexyl glycol (meth)acrylate, Methoxypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, Phenoxy (meth)acrylate Ethyl ester, biphenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, tricyclodecanyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Base) tricyclodecanyloxyethyl acrylate, nonylphenoxyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, nonylphenoxypropylene glycol, benzyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate (meth)acrylates such as esters, ethoxylated o-phenylphenol (meth)acrylates, etc.; Acrylamide, N-methyl(meth)acrylamide, N-isopropyl(meth)acrylamide, N-butyl(meth)acrylamide, N-isobutyl(methyl) Acrylamide, N-tert-butyl (meth)acrylamide, N-tert-octyl (meth)acrylamide, diacetone (meth)acrylamide, N-hydroxymethyl (methyl) ) acrylamide, N-hydroxyethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-cyclohexyl(meth)acrylamide, N-phenyl(meth)acrylamide, N-benzyl(methyl) Acrylamide, N-triphenylmethyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-dimethyl(meth)acrylamide and other (meth)acrylamides; styrene, vinyl toluene, Aromatic vinyl compounds such as α-methylstyrene; butadiene or substituted butadiene compounds such as butadiene and isoprene; ethylene or substituted vinyl compounds such as ethylene, propylene, vinyl chloride and acrylonitrile; vinyl acetate Vinyl esters such as esters, etc. These monomers can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

於提供聚合物(A1)之單體組合物中,提供其他重複單元(A1e)之單體(A1me)之含有比率相對於單體組合物中之單體之總量,較佳為0質量%以上且55質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以上且50質量%以下,進而較佳為10質量%以上且45質量%以下。In the monomer composition providing the polymer (A1), the content ratio of the monomer (A1me) providing another repeating unit (A1e) is preferably 0% by mass relative to the total amount of monomers in the monomer composition It is more than or equal to 55 mass %, More preferably, it is 5 mass % or more and 50 mass % or less, More preferably, it is 10 mass % or more and 45 mass % or less.

聚合物(A1)可為無規共聚物,亦可為嵌段共聚物。作為聚合物(A1),可單獨使用或將2種以上組合使用。The polymer (A1) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer. As a polymer (A1), it can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.

關於聚合物(A1)之重量平均分子量,藉由較佳為使用四氫呋喃(THF)溶劑之凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)所測得之值較佳為3,000以上且200,000以下,更佳為3,500以上且100,000以下,進而較佳為4,000以上且50,000以下。若為此種範圍,則可獲得確保耐熱性、且具有適於形成塗膜之黏度之感光性組合物。The weight average molecular weight of the polymer (A1) is preferably 3,000 to 200,000, more preferably 3,500 as measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) using a tetrahydrofuran (THF) solvent. More than 100,000, more preferably 4,000 to 50,000. If it is such a range, heat resistance can be ensured, and the photosensitive composition which has the viscosity suitable for forming a coating film can be obtained.

聚合物(A1)可藉由任意適宜之方法使提供聚合物(A1)之單體組合物聚合而獲得。作為聚合方法,例如可列舉溶液聚合法。The polymer (A1) can be obtained by polymerizing the monomer composition providing the polymer (A1) by any appropriate method. As a polymerization method, a solution polymerization method is mentioned, for example.

提供聚合物(A1)之單體組合物可包含任意適宜之溶劑。作為溶劑,例如可列舉:四氫呋喃、二㗁烷、乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚等醚類;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮類;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯等酯類;甲醇、乙醇等醇類;甲苯、二甲苯、乙基苯等芳香族烴類;氯仿;二甲基亞碸等。該等溶劑可單獨使用或將2種以上組合使用。使上述單體組合物聚合時之聚合濃度較佳為5質量%以上且90質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以上且50質量%以下,進而較佳為10質量%以上且50質量%以下。The monomer composition providing the polymer (A1) may contain any suitable solvent. Examples of solvents include ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethyl acetate , butyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate and other esters; alcohols such as methanol and ethanol; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene and ethylbenzene; chloroform; dimethyl Keiya and others. These solvents can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. The polymerization concentration when polymerizing the monomer composition is preferably from 5% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably from 5% by mass to 50% by mass, still more preferably from 10% by mass to 50% by mass .

提供聚合物(A1)之單體組合物可包含任意適宜之聚合起始劑。作為聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:氫過氧化異丙苯、氫過氧化二異丙基苯、過氧化二第三丁基、過氧化月桂醯、過氧化苯甲醯、過氧化異丙基碳酸第三丁酯、過氧化-2-乙基己酸第三戊酯、過氧化-2-乙基己酸第三丁酯等有機過氧化物;2,2'-偶氮雙(異丁腈)、1,1'-偶氮雙(環己甲腈)、2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸)二甲酯等偶氮化合物等。聚合起始劑之含有比率相對於單體組合物中之全部單體100質量份,較佳為0.1質量份以上且15質量份以下,更佳為0.5質量份以上且10質量份以下。The monomer composition providing the polymer (A1) may contain any suitable polymerization initiator. Examples of the polymerization initiator include: cumene hydroperoxide, dicumyl hydroperoxide, di-tert-butyl peroxide, lauryl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, cumyl peroxide Organic peroxides such as tert-butyl carbonate, tert-pentyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate, tert-butyl peroxy-2-ethylhexanoate, etc.; 2,2'-azobis(isobutyl nitrile), 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexanecarbonitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2-methyl Azo compounds such as dimethyl propionate, etc. The content ratio of the polymerization initiator is preferably from 0.1 to 15 parts by mass, more preferably from 0.5 to 10 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of all monomers in the monomer composition.

藉由溶液聚合法聚合形成聚合物(A1)時之聚合溫度較佳為40℃以上且150℃以下,更佳為60℃以上且130℃以下。The polymerization temperature when the polymer (A1) is formed by solution polymerization is preferably from 40°C to 150°C, more preferably from 60°C to 130°C.

於獲得含有側鏈具有碳雙鍵之重複單元(A1c)之聚合物(A1)之情形時,於上述聚合後,對所獲得之聚合物加成上述具有碳雙鍵之化合物。作為具有碳雙鍵之化合物之加成方法,可採用任意適宜之方法。例如於聚合抑制劑及觸媒之存在下,使具有碳雙鍵之化合物與側鏈具有酸基之重複單元(A1b)之酸基之一部分或全部(較佳為一部分)進行反應而加成,藉此可形成側鏈具有碳雙鍵之重複單元(A1c)。When obtaining the polymer (A1) containing the repeating unit (A1c) which has a carbon double bond in a side chain, after the said polymerization, the compound which has the said carbon double bond is added to the obtained polymer. Any appropriate method can be adopted as the addition method of the compound having a carbon double bond. For example, in the presence of a polymerization inhibitor and a catalyst, the compound having a carbon double bond reacts with part or all (preferably a part) of the acid groups of the repeating unit (A1b) having an acid group in the side chain to perform addition, Thereby, a repeating unit (A1c) having a carbon double bond in the side chain can be formed.

上述具有碳雙鍵之化合物之加成量相對於上述聚合後之聚合物(即加成具有碳雙鍵之化合物之前之聚合物)100質量份,較佳為5質量份以上,更佳為10質量份以上,進而較佳為15質量份以上,尤佳為20質量份以上。若為此種範圍,則可獲得曝光感度優異之感光性組合物。若使用此種感光性組合物,則存在容易形成緻密之硬化塗膜,可獲得基板密接性亦優異之圖案之傾向。又,若具有碳雙鍵之化合物之加成量為上述範圍,則藉由加成具有碳雙鍵之化合物而充分生成羥基,可獲得於鹼性顯影液中之溶解性優異之感光性組合物。上述具有碳雙鍵之化合物之加成量之上限相對於上述聚合後之聚合物(即加成具有碳雙鍵之化合物之前之聚合物)100質量份,較佳為170質量份以下,更佳為150質量份以下,進而較佳為140質量份以下。若具有碳雙鍵之化合物之加成量為上述範圍內,則可維持感光性組合物之保存穩定性及溶解性。The addition amount of the above-mentioned compound having a carbon double bond is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymer after the above-mentioned polymerization (that is, the polymer before adding the compound having a carbon double bond). It is at least 15 parts by mass, more preferably at least 15 parts by mass, particularly preferably at least 20 parts by mass. If it is such a range, the photosensitive composition excellent in exposure sensitivity can be obtained. When such a photosensitive composition is used, a dense cured coating film tends to be easily formed, and a pattern excellent in substrate adhesiveness also tends to be obtained. Also, if the addition amount of the compound having a carbon double bond is within the above range, a hydroxyl group is sufficiently generated by adding a compound having a carbon double bond, and a photosensitive composition having excellent solubility in an alkaline developer can be obtained. . The upper limit of the addition amount of the above-mentioned compound having a carbon double bond is preferably 170 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the above-mentioned polymer after polymerization (that is, the polymer before adding the compound having a carbon double bond) It is 150 mass parts or less, More preferably, it is 140 mass parts or less. When the addition amount of the compound which has a carbon double bond exists in the said range, the storage stability and solubility of a photosensitive composition can be maintained.

作為聚合抑制劑,例如可列舉6-第三丁基-2,4-二甲苯酚等烷基苯酚化合物。作為觸媒,例如可列舉:二甲基苄基胺、三乙基胺等三級胺。Examples of polymerization inhibitors include alkylphenol compounds such as 6-tert-butyl-2,4-xylenol. Examples of the catalyst include tertiary amines such as dimethylbenzylamine and triethylamine.

以上說明之樹脂(B2)之含量相對於感光性組合物之固形物成分,較佳為1質量%以上且95質量%以下,更佳為3質量%以上且85質量%以下,尤佳為5質量%以上且70質量%以下。 於感光性組合物包含該範圍內之量之樹脂(B2)之情形時,感光性組合物之製膜性良好,容易形成機械特性或形狀良好之硬化膜。 又,於樹脂(B2)為鹼可溶性之情形時,容易實現良好之鹼性顯影性。The content of the resin (B2) described above is preferably at least 1% by mass and at most 95% by mass, more preferably at least 3% by mass and at most 85% by mass, particularly preferably 5% by mass, based on the solid content of the photosensitive composition. Mass % or more and 70 mass % or less. When the photosensitive composition contains the resin (B2) in the quantity within this range, the film-forming property of the photosensitive composition becomes favorable, and it becomes easy to form a cured film with favorable mechanical properties or shape. Moreover, when resin (B2) is alkali-soluble, it becomes easy to realize favorable alkali developability.

<著色劑(C)> 根據使用感光性組合物所形成之硬化膜之用途,感光性組合物亦可包含著色劑(C)。作為著色劑(C),就耐光性、耐候性良好而不易產生滲色(bleeding)問題等方面而言,較佳為顏料。<Colorant (C)> Depending on the use of the cured film formed using the photosensitive composition, the photosensitive composition may contain a colorant (C). The coloring agent (C) is preferably a pigment in terms of good light resistance and weather resistance and less likely to cause bleeding problems.

作為顏料,並無特別限定,例如可使用於色料索引(C.I.;The Society of Dyers and Colourists公司發行)中歸為顏料(Pigment)類之化合物,具體而言,可使用如下所述之標註有色料索引(C.I.)編號者。The pigment is not particularly limited. For example, compounds classified as pigments in the Color Index (C.I.; issued by The Society of Dyers and Colourists, Inc.) can be used. material index (C.I.) number.

作為可較佳使用之黃色顏料之例,可列舉:C.I.顏料黃1(以下,「C.I.顏料黃」相同而僅記載編號)、3、11、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、53、55、60、61、65、71、73、74、81、83、86、93、95、97、98、99、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、116、117、119、120、125、126、127、128、129、137、138、139、147、148、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、166、167、168、175、180、及185。Examples of yellow pigments that can be preferably used include: C.I. Pigment Yellow 1 (hereinafter, "C.I. Pigment Yellow" is the same and only the numbers are described), 3, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20 , 24, 31, 53, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 86, 93, 95, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110 ,113,114,116,117,119,120,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,166,167 , 168, 175, 180, and 185.

作為可較佳使用之橙色顏料之例,可列舉:C.I.顏料橙1(以下,「C.I.顏料橙」相同而僅記載編號)、5、13、14、16、17、24、34、36、38、40、43、46、49、51、55、59、61、63、64、71、及73。Examples of orange pigments that can be preferably used include: C.I. Pigment Orange 1 (hereinafter, "C.I. Pigment Orange" is the same and only the numbers are described), 5, 13, 14, 16, 17, 24, 34, 36, 38 , 40, 43, 46, 49, 51, 55, 59, 61, 63, 64, 71, and 73.

作為可較佳使用之紫色顏料之例,可列舉:C.I.顏料紫1(以下,「C.I.顏料紫」相同而僅記載編號)、19、23、29、30、32、36、37、38、39、40、及50。Examples of purple pigments that can be preferably used include: C.I. Pigment Violet 1 (hereinafter, "C.I. Pigment Violet" is the same and only the numbers are described), 19, 23, 29, 30, 32, 36, 37, 38, 39 , 40, and 50.

作為可較佳使用之紅色顏料之例,可列舉:C.I.顏料紅1(以下,「C.I.顏料紅」相同而僅記載編號)2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、14、15、16、17、18、19、21、22、23、30、31、32、37、38、40、41、42、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、53:1、57、57:1、57:2、58:2、58:4、60:1、63:1、63:2、64:1、81:1、83、88、90:1、97、101、102、104、105、106、108、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、149、150、151、155、166、168、170、171、172、174、175、176、177、178、179、180、185、187、188、190、192、193、194、202、206、207、208、209、215、216、217、220、223、224、226、227、228、240、242、243、245、254、255、264、及265。Examples of red pigments that can be preferably used include: C.I. Pigment Red 1 (hereinafter, "C.I. Pigment Red" is the same and only the numbers are described) 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 30, 31, 32, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49:1, 49:2, 50:1, 52:1, 53:1, 57, 57:1, 57:2, 58:2, 58:4, 60:1, 63:1, 63:2, 64:1, 81:1, 83, 88, 90:1, 97, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 108, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 151, 155, 166, 168, 170, 171, 172, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 185, 187, 188, 190, 192, 193, 194, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 215, 216, 217, 220, 223, 224, 226, 227, 228, 240, 242, 243, 245, 254, 255, 264, and 265.

作為可較佳使用之藍色顏料之例,可列舉:C.I.顏料藍1(以下,「C.I.顏料藍」相同而僅記載編號)、2、15、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、22、60、64、及66。Examples of blue pigments that can be preferably used include: C.I. Pigment Blue 1 (hereinafter, "C.I. Pigment Blue" is the same and only the numbers are described), 2, 15, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 60, 64, and 66.

作為可較佳使用之上述其他色相之顏料之例,可列舉:C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠37等綠色顏料,C.I.顏料棕23、C.I.顏料棕25、C.I.顏料棕26、C.I.顏料棕28等棕色顏料,C.I.顏料黑1、C.I.顏料黑7等黑色顏料。Examples of pigments of other hues that can be preferably used include green pigments such as C.I. Pigment Green 7, C.I. Pigment Green 36, and C.I. Pigment Green 37, C.I. Pigment Brown 23, C.I. Pigment Brown 25, C.I. C.I. Pigment Brown 28 and other brown pigments, C.I. Pigment Black 1, C.I. Pigment Black 7 and other black pigments.

又,於對感光性組合物賦予遮光性之情形時,感光性組合物較佳為包含黑色顏料作為著色劑(C)。包含黑色顏料之感光性組合物適於形成液晶顯示面板中之黑矩陣或黑間隔柱、或者有機EL元件中之發光層之劃分用之障壁。Moreover, when providing light-shielding property to a photosensitive composition, it is preferable that a photosensitive composition contains a black pigment as a coloring agent (C). The photosensitive composition containing a black pigment is suitable for forming a black matrix or a black spacer in a liquid crystal display panel, or a barrier for dividing a light-emitting layer in an organic EL element.

作為黑色顏料之例,可列舉:碳黑、苝系顏料、內醯胺系顏料、鈦黑、銅、鐵、錳、鈷、鉻、鎳、鋅、鈣、銀等之金屬氧化物、複合氧化物、金屬硫化物、金屬硫酸鹽或金屬碳酸鹽等無論為有機物或無機物之各種顏料。該等黑色顏料之中,就易獲得性、或容易形成遮光性優異且電阻較高之硬化膜之方面而言,較佳為碳黑。 再者,黑色顏料之色相並不限定於色彩論上作為無彩色之黑色,亦可為帶有紫色之黑色、或帶有藍色之黑色、或帶有紅色之黑色。Examples of black pigments include: carbon black, perylene-based pigments, lactam-based pigments, metal oxides such as titanium black, copper, iron, manganese, cobalt, chromium, nickel, zinc, calcium, silver, and composite oxides. Various pigments, whether organic or inorganic, such as metal sulfides, metal sulfates or metal carbonates. Among these black pigments, carbon black is preferable in terms of easy availability or the ease of forming a cured film having excellent light-shielding properties and high electrical resistance. Furthermore, the hue of the black pigment is not limited to black which is achromatic in terms of color theory, and may be black with purple, or black with blue, or black with red.

作為碳黑,可使用煙囪黑、爐黑、熱碳黑、燈黑等公知碳黑。又,亦可使用樹脂被覆碳黑。As the carbon black, known carbon blacks such as chimney black, furnace black, thermal black, and lamp black can be used. Moreover, resin-coated carbon black can also be used.

作為碳黑,亦較佳為實施有導入酸性基之處理之碳黑。對碳黑導入之酸性基係表現出基於布忍斯特(Bronsted)定義之酸性之官能基。作為酸性基之具體例,可列舉:羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等。導入碳黑中之酸性基亦可形成鹽。與酸性基形成鹽之陽離子於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無特別限定。作為陽離子之例,可列舉:各種金屬離子、含氮化合物之陽離子、銨離子等,較佳為鈉離子、鉀離子、鋰離子等鹼金屬離子、或銨離子。Carbon black that has been treated to introduce acidic groups is also preferred. The acidic group introduced to carbon black is an acidic functional group based on the definition of Bronsted. As a specific example of an acidic group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group etc. are mentioned. The acidic groups introduced into carbon black can also form salts. The cation which forms a salt with an acidic group is not specifically limited in the range which does not impair the object of this invention. Examples of cations include various metal ions, cations of nitrogen-containing compounds, ammonium ions, etc., preferably alkali metal ions such as sodium ions, potassium ions, and lithium ions, or ammonium ions.

以上說明之實施有導入酸性基之處理之碳黑之中,就達成使用感光性組合物所形成之遮光性之硬化膜之高電阻之觀點而言,較佳為具有選自由羧酸基、羧酸鹽基、磺酸基、及磺酸鹽基所組成之群中之1種以上之官能基之碳黑。Among the carbon blacks described above that have been treated to introduce acidic groups, it is preferable to have carbon blacks selected from carboxylic acid groups, carboxyl Carbon black with one or more functional groups in the group consisting of acid salt group, sulfonic acid group, and sulfonate group.

對碳黑導入酸性基之方法並無特別限定。作為導入酸性基之方法,例如可列舉以下之方法。 1)藉由使用濃硫酸、發煙硫酸、氯磺酸等之直接置換法、或使用亞硫酸鹽、亞硫酸氫鹽等之間接置換法對碳黑導入磺酸基之方法。 2)使具有胺基及酸性基之有機化合物與碳黑進行二偶氮偶合之方法。 3)藉由威廉森(Williamson)之醚化法使具有鹵素原子及酸性基之有機化合物與具有羥基之碳黑進行反應之方法。 4)使具有鹵化羰基及經保護基保護之酸性基之有機化合物與具有羥基之碳黑進行反應之方法。 5)使用具有鹵化羰基及經保護基保護之酸性基之有機化合物,對碳黑進行傅瑞德爾-克拉夫茨(Friedel-Crafts)反應後進行脫保護之方法。The method for introducing acidic groups to carbon black is not particularly limited. As a method of introducing an acidic group, the following methods are mentioned, for example. 1) A method of introducing sulfonic acid groups to carbon black by a direct substitution method using concentrated sulfuric acid, oleum, chlorosulfonic acid, etc., or an indirect substitution method using sulfite, bisulfite, etc. 2) A method of diazo-coupling an organic compound having an amine group and an acidic group with carbon black. 3) A method of reacting an organic compound having a halogen atom and an acidic group with carbon black having a hydroxyl group by Williamson's etherification method. 4) A method of reacting an organic compound having a halogenated carbonyl group and an acidic group protected by a protecting group with carbon black having a hydroxyl group. 5) A method of deprotecting carbon black after a Friedel-Crafts reaction using an organic compound having a halogenated carbonyl group and an acidic group protected by a protecting group.

該等方法之中,就酸性基之導入處理容易且安全之方面而言,較佳為方法2)。作為方法2)中所使用之具有胺基與酸性基之有機化合物,較佳為於芳香族基上鍵結有胺基與酸性基之化合物。作為此種化合物之例,可列舉:磺胺酸之類的胺基苯磺酸、或4-胺基苯甲酸之類的胺基苯甲酸。Among these methods, method 2) is preferable in terms of ease of handling and safety for introducing acidic groups. The organic compound having an amine group and an acidic group used in method 2) is preferably a compound having an amine group and an acidic group bonded to an aromatic group. Examples of such compounds include aminobenzenesulfonic acids such as sulfanilic acid and aminobenzoic acids such as 4-aminobenzoic acid.

對碳黑導入之酸性基之莫耳數於無損本發明之目的之範圍內無特別限定。對碳黑導入之酸性基之莫耳數相對於碳黑100 g,較佳為1 mmol以上且200 mmol以下,更佳為5 mmol以上且100 mmol以下。The molar number of acidic groups introduced into carbon black is not particularly limited within the range that does not impair the object of the present invention. The number of moles of acidic groups introduced into carbon black is preferably from 1 mmol to 200 mmol, more preferably from 5 mmol to 100 mmol, relative to 100 g of carbon black.

亦可對導入有酸性基之碳黑實施樹脂被覆處理。 於使用包含經樹脂被覆之碳黑之感光性組合物之情形時,容易形成遮光性及絕緣性優異、且表面反射率較低之遮光性之硬化膜。再者,藉由樹脂被覆處理,不會對使用感光性組合物所形成之遮光性之硬化膜之介電常數產生特別之不良影響。作為可用於被覆碳黑之樹脂之例,可列舉:酚樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂、二甲苯樹脂、鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯樹脂、甘酞樹脂、環氧樹脂、烷基苯樹脂等熱硬化性樹脂,或聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸酯、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、改性聚苯醚、聚碸、聚對伸苯基對苯二甲醯胺、聚醯胺醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺、聚胺基雙順丁烯二醯亞胺、聚醚碸、聚苯碸、聚芳酯、聚醚醚酮等熱塑性樹脂。關於樹脂對碳黑之被覆量,相對於碳黑質量與樹脂質量之合計,較佳為1質量%以上且30質量%以下。Resin coating treatment can also be performed on carbon black with acidic groups introduced therein. In the case of using a photosensitive composition containing resin-coated carbon black, it is easy to form a light-shielding cured film having excellent light-shielding properties and insulating properties and having low surface reflectance. Moreover, the dielectric constant of the light-shielding cured film formed using the photosensitive composition is not particularly adversely affected by the resin coating treatment. Examples of resins that can be used to coat carbon black include: phenolic resins, melamine resins, xylene resins, diallyl phthalate resins, glycalin resins, epoxy resins, alkylbenzene resins, etc. Resin, or polystyrene, polycarbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, modified polyphenylene ether, polysulfone, polyparaphenylene terephthalamide, Polyamideimide, polyimide, polyaminobismaleimide, polyether, polyphenylene, polyarylate, polyether ether ketone and other thermoplastic resins. The coating amount of the resin on the carbon black is preferably not less than 1% by mass and not more than 30% by mass based on the sum of the mass of the carbon black and the mass of the resin.

又,作為黑色顏料,亦可較佳地使用苝系顏料。作為苝系顏料之具體例,可列舉:下述式(d-1)所表示之苝系顏料、下述式(d-2)所表示之苝系顏料、及下述式(d-3)所表示之苝系顏料。於市售品中,BASF公司製造之製品名K0084及K0086、或顏料黑21、30、31、32、33及34等可較佳地作為苝系顏料使用。Moreover, a perylene-type pigment can also be used preferably as a black pigment. Specific examples of perylene-based pigments include perylene-based pigments represented by the following formula (d-1), perylene-based pigments represented by the following formula (d-2), and perylene-based pigments represented by the following formula (d-3) Represented perylene-based pigments. Among commercially available products, product names K0084 and K0086 manufactured by BASF Corporation, or Pigment Black 21, 30, 31, 32, 33, and 34 are preferably used as perylene-based pigments.

[化56]

Figure 02_image111
式(c-1)中,Rc1 及Rc2 分別獨立表示碳原子數1以上且3以下之伸烷基,Rc3 及Rc4 分別獨立表示氫原子、羥基、甲氧基、或乙醯基。[Chemical 56]
Figure 02_image111
In the formula (c-1), R c1 and R c2 independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and R c3 and R c4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a methoxy group, or an acetyl group. .

[化57]

Figure 02_image113
式(c-2)中,Rc5 及Rc6 分別獨立表示碳原子數1以上且7以下之伸烷基。[Chemical 57]
Figure 02_image113
In formula (c-2), R c5 and R c6 each independently represent an alkylene group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms.

[化58]

Figure 02_image115
式(c-3)中,Rc7 及Rc8 分別獨立為氫原子、碳原子數1以上且22以下之烷基,亦可包含N、O、S或P之雜原子。於Rc7 及Rc8 為烷基之情形時,該烷基可為直鏈狀,亦可為支鏈狀。[Chemical 58]
Figure 02_image115
In formula (c-3), R c7 and R c8 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, and may contain N, O, S or P heteroatoms. When R c7 and R c8 are alkyl groups, the alkyl groups may be linear or branched.

上述式(c-1)所表示之化合物、式(c-2)所表示之化合物、及式(c-3)所表示之化合物可採用例如日本專利特開昭62-1753號公報、日本專利特公昭63-26784號公報中記載之方法合成。即,以苝-3,5,9,10-四羧酸或其二酐與胺類作為原料,於水或有機溶劑中進行加熱反應。進而,使所獲得之粗製物於硫酸中再沈澱、或者於水、有機溶劑或該等之混合溶劑中再結晶,藉此可獲得目標物。The compound represented by the above-mentioned formula (c-1), the compound represented by the formula (c-2), and the compound represented by the formula (c-3) can be used, for example, in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 62-1753, Japanese Patent Synthesized by the method described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. 63-26784. That is, perylene-3,5,9,10-tetracarboxylic acid or its dianhydride and amines are used as raw materials, and the heating reaction is carried out in water or an organic solvent. Furthermore, the obtained crude product can be obtained by reprecipitating in sulfuric acid, or recrystallizing in water, an organic solvent, or the mixed solvent of these.

為了使苝系顏料良好地分散於感光性組合物中,苝系顏料之平均粒徑較佳為10 nm以上且1000 nm以下。In order to disperse the perylene-based pigment well in the photosensitive composition, the average particle diameter of the perylene-based pigment is preferably not less than 10 nm and not more than 1000 nm.

又,作為遮光劑,亦可包含內醯胺系顏料。作為內醯胺系顏料,例如可列舉下述式(c-4)所表示之化合物。In addition, a lactam-based pigment may be included as a light-shielding agent. As a lactam type pigment, the compound represented by following formula (c-4) is mentioned, for example.

[化59]

Figure 02_image117
[Chemical 59]
Figure 02_image117

式(c-4)中,Xc 表示雙鍵,幾何異構物分別獨立為E體或Z體,Rc9 分別獨立表示氫原子、甲基、硝基、甲氧基、溴原子、氯原子、氟原子、羧基、或磺基,Rc10 分別獨立表示氫原子、甲基、或苯基,Rc11 分別獨立表示氫原子、甲基、或氯原子。 式(c-4)所表示之化合物可單獨使用或將2種以上組合使用。 就式(c-4)所表示之化合物易於製造之方面而言,Rc9 較佳為鍵結於二氫吲哚酮環之6位,Rc11 較佳為鍵結於二氫吲哚酮環之4位。就相同觀點而言,Rc9 、Rc10 及Rc11 較佳為氫原子。 式(c-4)所表示之化合物作為幾何異構物存在EE體、ZZ體、EZ體,可為該等任一者之單一化合物,亦可為該等幾何異構物之混合物。 式(c-4)所表示之化合物可藉由例如國際公開第2000/24736號及國際公開第2010/081624號中記載之方法製造。In the formula (c-4), X c represents a double bond, the geometric isomers are independently E or Z, and R C9 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a nitro group, a methoxy group, a bromine atom, and a chlorine atom. , a fluorine atom, a carboxyl group, or a sulfo group, R c10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or a phenyl group, and R c11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or a chlorine atom. The compound represented by formula (c-4) can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types. In terms of the ease of manufacture of the compound represented by formula (c-4), R c9 is preferably bonded to the 6-position of the indolinone ring, and R c11 is preferably bonded to the indolinone ring of 4 digits. From the same viewpoint, R c9 , R c10 and R c11 are preferably hydrogen atoms. The compound represented by the formula (c-4) exists as a geometric isomer in EE form, ZZ form, and EZ form, and may be a single compound of any of them or a mixture of these geometric isomers. The compound represented by formula (c-4) can be produced, for example, by the methods described in International Publication No. 2000/24736 and International Publication No. 2010/081624.

為了使內醯胺系顏料良好地分散於感光性組合物中,內醯胺系顏料之平均粒徑較佳為10 nm以上且1000 nm以下。In order to disperse the lactam-based pigment well in the photosensitive composition, the average particle diameter of the lactam-based pigment is preferably not less than 10 nm and not more than 1000 nm.

進而,以銀錫(AgSn)合金為主成分之微粒子(以下稱為「AgSn合金微粒子」)亦可較佳地作為黑色顏料使用。該AgSn合金微粒子只要AgSn合金為主成分即可,亦可包含例如Ni、Pd、Au等其他金屬成分。 該AgSn合金微粒子之平均粒徑較佳為1 nm以上且300 nm以下。Furthermore, microparticles mainly composed of a silver-tin (AgSn) alloy (hereinafter referred to as "AgSn alloy microparticles") can also be preferably used as a black pigment. The AgSn alloy fine particles may contain other metal components such as Ni, Pd, and Au as long as AgSn alloy is the main component. The average particle size of the AgSn alloy fine particles is preferably not less than 1 nm and not more than 300 nm.

於AgSn合金係以化學式AgxSn表示之情形時,可獲得化學性質穩定之AgSn合金之x之範圍為1≦x≦10,可同時獲得化學穩定性與黑色度之x之範圍為3≦x≦4。 此處,若於上述x之範圍內求出AgSn合金中之Ag之質量比,則 於x=1之情形時,Ag/AgSn=0.4762 於x=3之情形時,3・Ag/Ag3Sn=0.7317 於x=4之情形時,4・Ag/Ag4Sn=0.7843 於x=10之情形時,10・Ag/Ag10Sn=0.9008。 因此,該AgSn合金於含有47.6質量%以上且90質量%以下之Ag之情形時,化學性質穩定,於含有73.17質量%以上且78.43質量%以下之Ag之情形時,相對於Ag量可有效獲得化學穩定性與黑色度。In the case where the AgSn alloy is represented by the chemical formula AgxSn, the range of x that can obtain a chemically stable AgSn alloy is 1≦x≦10, and the range of x that can obtain both chemical stability and blackness is 3≦x≦4 . Here, if the mass ratio of Ag in the AgSn alloy is obtained within the above-mentioned range of x, in the case of x=1, Ag/AgSn=0.4762, and in the case of x=3, 3·Ag/Ag3Sn=0.7317 When x=4, 4·Ag/Ag4Sn=0.7843 When x=10, 10·Ag/Ag10Sn=0.9008. Therefore, when the AgSn alloy contains 47.6% by mass to 90% by mass of Ag, its chemical properties are stable, and when it contains 73.17% by mass to 78.43% by mass of Ag, it can be effectively obtained with respect to the amount of Ag. Chemical stability and blackness.

該AgSn合金微粒子可採用通常之微粒子合成法製作。作為微粒子合成法,可列舉:氣相反應法、噴霧熱分解法、霧化法、液相反應法、冷凍乾燥法、水熱合成法等。The AgSn alloy microparticles can be produced by a common microparticle synthesis method. Examples of the microparticle synthesis method include a gas phase reaction method, a spray pyrolysis method, an atomization method, a liquid phase reaction method, a freeze-drying method, and a hydrothermal synthesis method.

AgSn合金微粒子之絕緣性較高,但考慮到感光性組合物之用途,亦可利用絕緣膜被覆表面以進一步提高絕緣性。作為此種絕緣膜之材料,宜為金屬氧化物或有機高分子化合物。 作為金屬氧化物,宜使用具有絕緣性之金屬氧化物,例如氧化矽(silica)、氧化鋁(alumina)、氧化鋯(zirconia)、氧化釔(yttria)、氧化鈦(titania)等。 又,作為有機高分子化合物,宜使用具有絕緣性之樹脂,例如聚醯亞胺、聚醚、聚丙烯酸酯、聚胺化合物等。AgSn alloy fine particles have high insulating properties, but considering the application of the photosensitive composition, the insulating film can be used to cover the surface to further improve the insulating properties. As a material for such an insulating film, metal oxides or organic polymer compounds are preferable. As the metal oxide, an insulating metal oxide such as silicon oxide (silica), aluminum oxide (alumina), zirconia (zirconia), yttria (yttria), titanium oxide (titania) and the like is preferably used. Also, as the organic polymer compound, insulating resins such as polyimide, polyether, polyacrylate, and polyamine compounds are preferably used.

為了充分提高AgSn合金微粒子之表面之絕緣性,絕緣膜之膜厚較佳為1 nm以上且100 nm以下,更佳為5 nm以上且50 nm以下。 藉由表面改質技術或表面塗層技術可容易地形成絕緣膜。尤其若使用四乙氧基矽烷、三乙醇鋁等烷氧化物,可於相對低溫下形成膜厚均勻之絕緣膜,因此較佳。In order to sufficiently improve the insulating properties of the surface of the AgSn alloy fine particles, the thickness of the insulating film is preferably not less than 1 nm and not more than 100 nm, more preferably not less than 5 nm and not more than 50 nm. The insulating film can be easily formed by surface modification technology or surface coating technology. In particular, if an alkoxide such as tetraethoxysilane or aluminum triethoxide is used, an insulating film with a uniform film thickness can be formed at a relatively low temperature, so it is preferable.

作為黑色顏料,上述苝系顏料、內醯胺系顏料、AgSn合金微粒子可單獨使用,亦可將該等組合使用。 另外,基於色調調整等目的,黑色顏料亦可包含紅、藍、綠、黃等色相之色素。黑色顏料中之其他色相之色素可自公知色素中適當選擇。例如,作為黑色顏料中之其他色相之色素,可使用上述各種顏料。黑色顏料中之其他色相之色素之使用量相對於黑色顏料之總質量,較佳為15質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以下。As the black pigment, the above-mentioned perylene-based pigments, lactam-based pigments, and AgSn alloy fine particles may be used alone or in combination. In addition, for the purpose of adjusting the color tone, the black pigment may also contain pigments of hues such as red, blue, green, and yellow. Pigments of other hues in the black pigment can be appropriately selected from known pigments. For example, the above-mentioned various pigments can be used as pigments of other hues among black pigments. The amount of pigments of other hues in the black pigment is preferably at most 15% by mass, more preferably at most 10% by mass, relative to the total mass of the black pigment.

為了使以上說明之顏料均勻地分散於感光性組合物中,亦可進而使用分散劑。作為此種分散劑,較佳為使用聚伸乙基亞胺系、胺基甲酸酯樹脂系、丙烯酸樹脂系之高分子分散劑。尤其於使用碳黑作為顏料之情形時,較佳為使用丙烯酸樹脂系之分散劑作為分散劑。 再者,亦存在因分散劑導致硬化膜產生腐蝕性氣體之情況。因此,不使用分散劑而對顏料進行分散處理亦為較佳態樣之一例。In order to disperse the pigment demonstrated above uniformly in a photosensitive composition, you may further use a dispersing agent. As such a dispersant, it is preferable to use a polymer dispersant of polyethyleneimine type, urethane resin type, or acrylic resin type. Especially when carbon black is used as the pigment, it is preferable to use an acrylic resin-based dispersant as the dispersant. Furthermore, there are also cases where corrosive gases are generated in the cured film due to the dispersant. Therefore, it is also an example of a preferable aspect to disperse|distribute a pigment without using a dispersing agent.

又,無機顏料與有機顏料分別可單獨使用或將2種以上併用,於併用之情形時,相對於無機顏料與有機顏料之總量100質量份,較佳為於10質量份以上且80質量份以下之範圍內使用有機顏料,更佳為於20質量份以上且40質量份以下之範圍內使用。In addition, the inorganic pigment and the organic pigment may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the case of combined use, it is preferably at least 10 parts by mass and 80 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the inorganic pigment and the organic pigment. The organic pigment is used in the following range, and it is more preferable to use it in the range of 20 mass parts or more and 40 mass parts or less.

再者,於感光性組合物中亦可組合使用顏料與染料。該染料自公知材料中適當選擇即可。 作為可應用於感光性組合物之染料,例如可列舉:偶氮染料、金屬錯鹽偶氮染料、蒽醌染料、三苯基甲烷染料、𠮿

Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
染料、花青染料、萘醌染料、醌亞胺染料、次甲基染料、酞菁染料等。 又,關於該等染料,可藉由色澱化(成鹽化)使之分散於有機溶劑等中,將其作為著色劑(C)使用。 除該等染料以外,亦可較佳地使用例如日本專利特開2013-225132號公報、日本專利特開2014-178477號公報、日本專利特開2013-137543號公報、日本專利特開2011-38085號公報、日本專利特開2014-197206號公報等中記載之染料等。Furthermore, a pigment and a dye can also be used in combination in a photosensitive composition. The dye may be appropriately selected from known materials. As dyes that can be applied to photosensitive compositions, for example, azo dyes, metal zirconium salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, 𠮿
Figure 107124456-A0304-12-01
Dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinone imine dyes, methine dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, etc. Moreover, these dyes can be dispersed in an organic solvent or the like by laking (salting), and can be used as a colorant (C). In addition to these dyes, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-225132, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-178477, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-137543, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-38085 can also be preferably used. The dyes described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-197206, etc.

感光性組合物中之著色劑(C)之使用量可於無損本發明之目的之範圍內適當選擇,典型而言,相對於感光性組合物之全體固形物成分之質量,較佳為2質量%以上且75質量%以下,更佳為3質量%以上且70質量%以下。The amount of the coloring agent (C) in the photosensitive composition can be appropriately selected within the range that does not impair the purpose of the present invention. Typically, it is preferably 2 mass with respect to the mass of the entire solid content of the photosensitive composition % to 75% by mass, more preferably 3% to 70% by mass.

於使用顏料作為著色劑(C)之情形時,較佳為使顏料於存在或不存在分散劑之條件下以適宜濃度分散而製成分散液後,添加於感光性組合物中。 再者,於本說明書中,關於上述顏料之使用量,可定義為亦包括該存在之分散劑在內之值。When using a pigment as a colorant (C), it is preferable to add to a photosensitive composition after disperse|distributing a pigment at an appropriate concentration in presence or absence of a dispersing agent to prepare a dispersion liquid. In addition, in this specification, the usage-amount of the said pigment can be defined as the value including the dispersing agent which exists.

<其他成分> 感光性組合物視需要亦可包含各種添加劑。具體而言,可例示:溶劑、表面調整劑、增感劑、硬化促進劑、光交聯劑、光增感劑、分散助劑、填充劑、密接促進劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗凝集劑、熱聚合抑制劑、消泡劑、界面活性劑、鏈轉移劑等。各添加劑可使用先前公知者。作為界面活性劑,可列舉:陰離子系化合物、陽離子系化合物、非離子系化合物等。作為密接性提高劑,可列舉:先前公知之矽烷偶合劑。作為熱聚合抑制劑,可列舉:對苯二酚、對苯二酚單乙醚等。作為消泡劑,可列舉:聚矽氧系化合物、氟系化合物等。 作為鏈轉移劑,可列舉:硫醇系化合物、鹵素系化合物、醌系化合物、α-甲基苯乙烯二聚物等。藉由含有鏈轉移劑,可良好地控制圖案形狀(尤其是孔圖案之CD變化、曝光範圍)。其中,2,4-二苯基-4-甲基-1-戊烯(α-甲基苯乙烯二聚物)不僅具有上述效果,且就減少昇華物或著色、臭氣之方面而言亦較佳。<Other components> The photosensitive composition may contain various additives as needed. Specifically, solvents, surface modifiers, sensitizers, hardening accelerators, photocrosslinking agents, photosensitizers, dispersion aids, fillers, adhesion promoters, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, anti Coagulants, thermal polymerization inhibitors, defoamers, surfactants, chain transfer agents, etc. For each additive, a conventionally known one can be used. As a surfactant, an anionic compound, a cationic compound, a nonionic compound, etc. are mentioned. As an adhesive improvement agent, the conventionally well-known silane coupling agent is mentioned. As a thermal polymerization inhibitor, hydroquinone, hydroquinone monoethyl ether, etc. are mentioned. Examples of the antifoaming agent include silicone-based compounds, fluorine-based compounds, and the like. Examples of the chain transfer agent include thiol-based compounds, halogen-based compounds, quinone-based compounds, α-methylstyrene dimer, and the like. By containing the chain transfer agent, the shape of the pattern (especially the CD change of the hole pattern and the exposure range) can be well controlled. Among them, 2,4-diphenyl-4-methyl-1-pentene (α-methylstyrene dimer) not only has the above effects, but also reduces sublimation, coloring, and odor. better.

於感光性組合物使用溶劑之情形時,作為可使用之溶劑,例如可列舉:乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇正丙醚、乙二醇單正丁醚、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單正丙醚、二乙二醇單正丁醚、三乙二醇單甲醚、三乙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單正丙醚、丙二醇單正丁醚、二丙二醇單甲醚、二丙二醇單乙醚、二丙二醇單正丙醚、二丙二醇單正丁醚、三丙二醇單甲醚、三丙二醇單乙醚等(聚)伸烷基二醇單烷基醚類;乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯等(聚)伸烷基二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類;二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇甲基乙醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、四氫呋喃等其他醚類;甲基乙基酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮等酮類;2-羥基丙酸甲酯、2-羥基丙酸乙酯等乳酸烷基酯類;2-羥基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯、羥基乙酸乙酯、2-羥基-3-甲基丁酸甲酯、乙酸3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁酯、丙酸3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丙酯、乙酸異丙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、甲酸正戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸正丁酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸正丙酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸正丁酯、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸正丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-側氧丁酸乙酯等其他酯類;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類;N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺等醯胺類等。該等溶劑可單獨使用,亦可將2種以上組合使用。When a solvent is used in the photosensitive composition, examples of usable solvents include: ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol n-propyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethyl ether Glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether , propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, dipropylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether, tripropylene glycol Monoethyl ether and other (poly) alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol Alcohol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate and other (poly)alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates; diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol Methyl ethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran and other ethers; methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone and other ketones; 2-hydroxypropionate methyl ester, 2- Alkyl lactate such as ethyl hydroxypropionate; ethyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-ethoxy Methyl propionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl glycolate, methyl 2-hydroxy-3-methylbutyrate, 3-methyl-3-methoxy acetate Butyl butyl ester, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl propionate, ethyl acetate, n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, n-pentyl formate, isoacetic acid Amyl ester, n-butyl propionate, ethyl butyrate, n-propyl butyrate, isopropyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, n-propyl pyruvate, acetyl Other esters such as methyl acetate, ethyl acetylacetate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylformyl Amides such as amines, N,N-dimethylacetamide, etc. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

上述溶劑之中,丙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(GPMEA)、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇甲基乙醚(MEDG)、環己酮、乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯(MBA)對上述(A1)成分、(A2)成分及任意使用之(B)成分顯示出優異之溶解性,因此較佳,尤佳為使用丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯。溶劑之含量根據感光性組合物之用途而適當決定即可,作為一例,可列舉:相對於感光性組合物之固形物成分之合計100質量份為50質量份以上且900質量份以下左右。Among the above solvents, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (GPMEA), propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol Methyl ether (MEDG), cyclohexanone, and 3-methoxybutyl acetate (MBA) exhibit excellent solubility in the above-mentioned (A1) component, (A2) component, and optionally used (B) component, so they are more Preferably, especially propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and 3-methoxybutyl acetate are used. The content of the solvent may be appropriately determined depending on the use of the photosensitive composition, and as an example, it is about 50 parts by mass or more and 900 parts by mass or less with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of solid content of the photosensitive composition.

≪感光性組合物之製備方法≫ 本發明之感光性組合物可藉由將上述各成分均勻攪拌、混合,使之均勻溶解、分散後,視需要利用0.2 μm膜濾器等過濾器進行過濾而製備。≪Preparation method of photosensitive composition≫ The photosensitive composition of the present invention can be prepared by uniformly stirring and mixing the above-mentioned components to dissolve and disperse them uniformly, and then, if necessary, filtering with a filter such as a 0.2 μm membrane filter. .

≪硬化物形成方法、及硬化物≫ 硬化物形成方法除使用上述感光性組合物以外,與先前使用感光性組合物形成硬化物之硬化物形成方法相同。≪Method for forming cured product, and cured product≫ The method for forming a cured product is the same as the conventional method for forming a cured product using a photosensitive composition, except that the above-mentioned photosensitive composition is used.

使用上述感光性組合物形成硬化物之方法並無特別限制,可自先前採用之方法中適當選擇。硬化物藉由感光性組合物塗佈時之塗膜形狀之控制、或位置選擇性曝光與顯影之組合,作為所需形狀之成形體而形成。作為適宜之硬化物形成方法,可列舉包括使用上述感光性組合物形成塗膜之塗膜形成步驟與對上述塗膜進行曝光之曝光步驟之方法。於位置選擇性地進行曝光之情形時,利用顯影液將曝光後之塗膜進行顯影,而可獲得經圖案化之硬化物。The method of forming a cured product using the above-mentioned photosensitive composition is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from previously used methods. The cured product is formed as a molded body of a desired shape by controlling the shape of the coating film when the photosensitive composition is applied, or by combining position-selective exposure and development. As a suitable method for forming a cured product, a method including a coating film forming step of forming a coating film using the above-mentioned photosensitive composition and an exposure step of exposing the above-mentioned coating film is exemplified. In the case of site-selective exposure, the exposed coating film is developed with a developer to obtain a patterned cured product.

首先,於塗膜形成步驟中,例如使用輥式塗佈機、反向塗佈機、棒式塗佈機等接觸轉印型塗佈裝置或旋轉器(旋轉式塗佈裝置)、淋幕式平面塗裝機等非接觸型塗佈裝置,於應形成硬化物之基板上塗佈本發明之感光性組合物,視需要藉由乾燥(預烘烤)去除溶劑而形成塗膜。 再者,為方便起見,亦將遍佈於基板上之液滴、或嵌入至具有凹凸之基板之凹部內之感光性組合物、或填充至模具之凹部內之感光性組合物等稱為「塗膜」。First, in the coating film forming step, for example, use a contact transfer type coating device such as a roll coater, a reverse coater, or a bar coater, or a spinner (rotary coating device), a curtain type A non-contact coating device such as a surface coater coats the photosensitive composition of the present invention on a substrate to be formed into a cured product, and if necessary, removes the solvent by drying (pre-baking) to form a coating film. Furthermore, for the sake of convenience, the liquid droplets spread on the substrate, or the photosensitive composition embedded in the concave portion of the substrate with unevenness, or the photosensitive composition filled into the concave portion of the mold, etc. are also referred to as “ Coating".

繼而,將所形成之塗膜供於曝光步驟。於曝光步驟中,對塗膜照射ArF準分子雷射、KrF準分子雷射、F2 準分子雷射、極紫外線(EUV)、真空紫外線(VUV)、電子束、X射線、軟X射線、g射線、i射線、h射線等放射線或電磁波而將塗膜進行曝光。對塗膜之曝光可隔著負型光罩而位置選擇性地進行。曝光量根據感光性組合物之組成而異,較佳為例如10 mJ/cm2 以上且600 mJ/cm2 以下左右。Next, the formed coating film is subjected to an exposure step. In the exposure step, ArF excimer laser, KrF excimer laser, F2 excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), vacuum ultraviolet (VUV), electron beam, X-ray, soft X-ray, The coating film is exposed to radiation such as g-rays, i-rays, and h-rays or electromagnetic waves. Exposure to the coating film can be performed position-selectively through a negative-tone mask. The amount of exposure varies depending on the composition of the photosensitive composition, but is preferably, for example, about 10 mJ/cm 2 or more and 600 mJ/cm 2 or less.

視需要將曝光後之塗膜進行顯影。 上述感光性組合物於曝光後在鹼性顯影液中不易過度溶解。因此,藉由使用上述感光性組合物,容易形成具有以曝光部作為凸部、以未曝光部作為凹部之良好形狀之經圖案化之硬化物。The exposed coating film is developed if necessary. The above photosensitive composition is less likely to dissolve excessively in an alkaline developer after exposure. Therefore, by using the said photosensitive composition, it becomes easy to form the patterned hardened|cured material which has a good shape which makes an exposure part into a convex part, and makes an unexposed part into a concave part.

於顯影步驟中,利用顯影液將曝光後之塗膜進行顯影,藉此形成具有所需形狀圖案之硬化物。顯影方法並無特別限定,可採用浸漬法、噴霧法等。作為顯影液之具體例,可列舉:單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺等有機系者、或氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、氨、四級銨鹽等之水溶液。In the developing step, the exposed coating film is developed with a developing solution, thereby forming a cured product having a desired shape and pattern. The image development method is not particularly limited, and a dipping method, a spraying method, or the like can be used. Specific examples of developing solutions include organic ones such as monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine, or aqueous solutions of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, ammonia, and quaternary ammonium salts.

進而,視需要可對曝光後之硬化物、或顯影後之經圖案化之硬化物實施後烘烤而進一步推進加熱硬化。後烘烤之溫度較佳為150℃以上且270℃以下。Furthermore, if necessary, post-baking may be performed on the cured product after exposure or the patterned cured product after development to further advance heat curing. The post-baking temperature is preferably not less than 150°C and not more than 270°C.

硬化物係使用上述感光性組合物所形成。上述硬化物較佳為絕緣膜、或積層於光阻劑膜上之保護膜。於感光性組合物不含著色劑(C)而為透明之情形時,上述硬化物於製成厚度3.5 μm(光程長度3.5 μm)之試樣時對波長400 nm以上且650 nm以下之範圍內之光線之透過率之平均值通常為90%以上,較佳為93%以上,更佳為95%以上。如此,上述硬化物之透過率優異,因此適宜作為內嵌式觸控面板方式之液晶顯示裝置、UHA(Ultra High Aperture,超高開口率)面板等需要透明性優異之絕緣膜之顯示裝置用絕緣膜使用。The hardened|cured material is formed using the said photosensitive composition. The cured product is preferably an insulating film or a protective film laminated on a photoresist film. When the photosensitive composition does not contain a colorant (C) and is transparent, when the above-mentioned cured product is made into a sample with a thickness of 3.5 μm (optical path length of 3.5 μm), the range of the wavelength from 400 nm to 650 nm The average value of the transmittance of the light inside is usually 90% or more, preferably 93% or more, more preferably 95% or more. In this way, the above-mentioned cured product has excellent transmittance, so it is suitable as an insulator for display devices that require an insulating film with excellent transparency, such as in-cell touch panel liquid crystal display devices and UHA (Ultra High Aperture, ultra-high aperture ratio) panels. film use.

又,於使用上述感光性組合物隔著半色調光罩進行曝光而形成經圖案化之硬化膜之情形時,不僅可使所形成之經圖案化之硬化物中之全色調曝光部與半色調曝光部之間存在充分之高度差,且可確保半色調曝光部具有充分之高度。因此,使用上述感光性組合物所形成之硬化膜適宜作為液晶顯示面板等顯示面板中所使用之間隔件、尤其是黑間隔柱。In addition, when using the above-mentioned photosensitive composition to expose through a half-tone mask to form a patterned cured film, not only the full-tone exposed part and the half-tone area in the formed patterned cured product can be formed. There is a sufficient height difference between the exposed parts, and a sufficient height of the halftone exposed parts can be ensured. Therefore, the cured film formed using the said photosensitive composition is suitable as a spacer used in display panels, such as a liquid crystal display panel, especially a black spacer.

≪感光性接著劑、及接著方法≫ 上述感光性組合物可較佳地用作感光性接著劑。於使用感光性組合物作為感光性接著劑之情形時,基於賦予視認性或賦予遮光性之目的,感光性組合物可包含亦可不含著色劑(C)。 如上所述,作為感光性接著劑使用之感光性組合物之透光性優異。因此,於使用上述感光性組合物作為感光性接著劑之情形時,進行曝光之光容易到達接著劑整體,藉由曝光使接著劑快速硬化。 尤其於形成膜厚1 μm以上且500 μm以下之接著劑層進行接著之情形時,適宜使用上述感光性接著劑。≪Photosensitive Adhesive, and Adhesive Method≫ The above photosensitive composition can be preferably used as a photosensitive adhesive. When using a photosensitive composition as a photosensitive adhesive agent, the photosensitive composition may contain a coloring agent (C) for the purpose of providing visibility or providing light-shielding property. As mentioned above, the photosensitive composition used as a photosensitive adhesive agent is excellent in light transmittance. Therefore, when using the said photosensitive composition as a photosensitive adhesive agent, the light which performs exposure will reach the whole adhesive agent easily, and the adhesive agent will harden rapidly by exposure. In particular, when forming an adhesive layer with a film thickness of 1 μm or more and 500 μm or less for bonding, the above-mentioned photosensitive adhesive is preferably used.

尤其若將製造汽車、機車、自行車、軌道車輛、飛機、船舶、各種建築用構件等時、或利用產業用機器人製造各種製品時之焊接、螺固、釘固等接合作業更替為使用上述感光性接著劑之接著,則具有助益於所接合之最終製品之輕量化、或避免於藉由螺固或釘固進行接合時因金屬疲勞等引起之螺絲或螺釘之斷裂、或避免於接合異種金屬之情形時因電池硬化引起之腐蝕等各種優點。Especially if the welding, screwing, nailing and other joining operations in the manufacture of automobiles, locomotives, bicycles, rail vehicles, aircraft, ships, various building components, etc., or when industrial robots are used to manufacture various products, are replaced by the above-mentioned photosensitive Adhesives are used to help reduce the weight of the final product to be joined, or to avoid the breakage of screws or screws caused by metal fatigue when joining by screwing or nailing, or to avoid joining dissimilar metals In this case, there are various advantages such as corrosion caused by battery hardening.

使用上述感光性接著劑之接著方法並無特別限定。於各種物品中之被接著面之接著方法中,可使用上述感光性接著劑。 作為典型之接著方法,可列舉包括如下步驟之方法: 於對向之被接著面之一面或兩面形成包含感光性接著劑之接著劑層; 藉由曝光使接著劑層硬化。The bonding method using the photosensitive adhesive is not particularly limited. The above-mentioned photosensitive adhesive can be used in the bonding method of the surface to be bonded in various articles. As a typical bonding method, a method including the steps of: forming an adhesive layer containing a photosensitive adhesive on one or both sides of the facing surfaces to be bonded; and curing the adhesive layer by exposure.

包含感光性接著劑之接著劑層之形成方法並無特別限定。典型而言,於對向之被接著面之一面或兩面塗佈感光性接著劑而形成接著劑層。 又,亦可於被接著面之間形成有所需寬度之間隙之狀態下,向間隙內注入感光性接著劑。The formation method of the adhesive layer containing a photosensitive adhesive is not specifically limited. Typically, an adhesive layer is formed by applying a photosensitive adhesive to one or both of the opposing adhered surfaces. In addition, the photosensitive adhesive may be injected into the gap in the state where a gap of a desired width is formed between the surfaces to be bonded.

接著對象之物品之數量可為1個,亦可為2個以上之複數個。於接著對象之物品之材質具有可撓性、柔軟性之情形時,存在接著對象之物品之數量為1個之情況。作為接著對象之物品之數量為1個之情形,例如可列舉將1片矩形之塑膠板捲曲成圓筒狀,對塑膠板之接縫部分進行接著之情況。Next, the number of objects to be targeted may be one, or a plurality of two or more. When the material of the object to be bonded has flexibility and softness, the number of objects to be bonded to may be one. When the number of objects to be bonded is one, for example, a case where one rectangular plastic sheet is rolled into a cylindrical shape, and the joint portion of the plastic sheet is bonded is exemplified.

曝光係藉由與上述形成硬化膜之情形相同之方式進行。於接著對象之物品透明之情形時,對接著劑層照射曝光之光之方法並無特別限制。於該情形時,可透過接著對象之物品對接著劑層照射曝光之光,亦可以使曝光之光自接著劑層之端面射入之方式照射曝光之光。 於接著對象之物品包含金屬之類的不透明材質之情形時,以使曝光之光自接著劑層之端面射入之方式進行曝光。Exposure is performed in the same manner as in the above case of forming a cured film. When the object to be bonded is transparent, the method of irradiating the exposure light to the adhesive layer is not particularly limited. In this case, the exposure light may be irradiated to the adhesive layer through the object to be bonded, or the exposure light may be irradiated so that the exposure light enters from the end surface of the adhesive layer. When the object to be bonded includes an opaque material such as metal, exposure is performed in such a manner that the light of exposure enters from the end face of the adhesive layer.

≪其他用途≫ 上述感光性組合物可用於半導體加工或玻璃加工等中之形成蝕刻遮罩等先前使用感光性組合物之各種用途。 又,上述感光性組合物亦可應用於包括形成感光性組合物層之步驟之利用所謂3D印刷的立體造形法中之感光性組合物層之形成。 3D印刷中之藉由曝光硬化之層之積層係有關使用感光性組合物所形成之硬化物之層之所謂自接著。因此,使用包含上述感光性組合物之感光性接著劑之利用3D印刷之立體造形法亦作為一態樣包含於使用感光性接著劑之上述接著方法中。 由於上述感光性組合物之透光性優異,故而即便增大感光性組合物層之膜厚,亦可藉由曝光使感光性組合物層於短時間內良好地硬化。因此,若將上述感光性組合物應用於利用3D印刷之立體造形,則藉由增大感光性組合物層之膜厚,可減少感光性組合物層之積層次數與曝光次數,可於短時間內製作所需形狀之立體造形物。 [實施例]≪Other Uses≫ The above-mentioned photosensitive composition can be used in various applications where a photosensitive composition has been previously used, such as forming an etching mask in semiconductor processing, glass processing, and the like. Moreover, the said photosensitive composition can also be applied to the formation of the photosensitive composition layer in the three-dimensional modeling method by so-called 3D printing which includes the process of forming a photosensitive composition layer. The lamination of the layer hardened by exposure in 3D printing is the so-called self-adhesion of the layer of the hardened product formed using the photosensitive composition. Therefore, the three-dimensional modeling method by 3D printing using the photosensitive adhesive agent containing the said photosensitive composition is also included in the said bonding method using the photosensitive adhesive agent as an aspect. Since the said photosensitive composition is excellent in light transmittance, even if it increases the film thickness of a photosensitive composition layer, it can harden|cure a photosensitive composition layer favorably in a short time by exposure. Therefore, if the above-mentioned photosensitive composition is applied to three-dimensional modeling using 3D printing, by increasing the film thickness of the photosensitive composition layer, the number of layers and exposure times of the photosensitive composition layer can be reduced, and the Make three-dimensional objects of the desired shape. [Example]

以下,藉由實施例更詳細地說明本發明,但本發明並不限定於該等實施例。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.

[實施例1、及比較例1~4] 將光聚合起始劑(A)3質量份、光聚合性化合物(B1)38質量份、及樹脂(B2)62質量份以固形物成分濃度為24質量%之方式溶解於有機溶劑中,而製備感光性組合物。[Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 to 4] 3 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator (A), 38 parts by mass of the photopolymerizable compound (B1), and 62 parts by mass of the resin (B2) at a solid content concentration of 24% by mass was dissolved in an organic solvent to prepare a photosensitive composition.

作為光聚合起始劑(A),使用下述PI-1、PI-2及PI-3。該等光聚合起始劑之吸光特性如下表1所示。表1中之PI-3之克吸光係數之數值係於400 nm下之值。 [化60]

Figure 02_image119
As a photoinitiator (A), following PI-1, PI-2, and PI-3 were used. The light absorption properties of these photopolymerization initiators are shown in Table 1 below. The values of the gram absorption coefficient of PI-3 in Table 1 are the values at 400 nm. [Chemical 60]
Figure 02_image119

[表1]

Figure 107124456-A0304-0001
[Table 1]
Figure 107124456-A0304-0001

實施例1及比較例1~4中所使用之光聚合起始劑之種類及量如下表2之記載。The types and amounts of photopolymerization initiators used in Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1-4 are described in Table 2 below.

作為光聚合性化合物(B1),使用二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯。As the photopolymerizable compound (B1), dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate was used.

作為樹脂(B2),使用包含下述結構單元之丙烯酸系樹脂(Mw:10000)。下述式中之括弧之右下角之數值係樹脂中之各結構單元之含量(質量%)。 [化61]

Figure 02_image121
As the resin (B2), an acrylic resin (Mw: 10000) containing the following structural units was used. The value in the lower right corner of the parentheses in the following formula is the content (mass %) of each structural unit in the resin. [Chemical 61]
Figure 02_image121

作為有機溶劑,使用二乙二醇甲基乙醚(MEDG)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)、及乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯(MBA)之混合溶劑(混合比(質量比):MEDG:PGMEA:MBA=85:10:5)。As an organic solvent, a mixed solvent of diethylene glycol methyl ether (MEDG), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), and 3-methoxybutyl acetate (MBA) was used (mixing ratio (mass ratio): MEDG:PGMEA:MBA=85:10:5).

使用所獲得之實施例1及比較例1~4之感光性組合物,依據下述方法,評價半色調特性與硬化膜之透過率。將半色調特性之評價結果示於表2。Using the obtained photosensitive composition of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1-4, halftone characteristics and the transmittance of the cured film were evaluated according to the following method. Table 2 shows the evaluation results of halftone characteristics.

<半色調特性評價> 使用旋轉器,於玻璃基板上塗佈各實施例及比較例中獲得之感光組合物後,將塗膜於80℃下乾燥10分鐘,於進行全色調曝光之情形時,獲得會形成膜厚約3.5 μm之硬化膜的膜厚之塗膜。 繼而,使用曝光裝置(Canon製造,MPA600FA),以40 mJ/cm2 之曝光量,對塗膜隔著半色調光罩進行開放框架式(open frame)曝光。 曝光後,使用濃度0.5質量%之四甲基氫氧化銨之水溶液作為顯影液,於23℃、60秒之條件下進行浸置式顯影。 將曝光後經顯影之塗膜於100℃下100分鐘、進而220℃下40分鐘之條件下進行後烘烤,而獲得經圖案化之硬化膜。<Evaluation of halftone characteristics> After coating the photosensitive composition obtained in each example and comparative example on a glass substrate using a spinner, the coating film was dried at 80° C. for 10 minutes. In the case of full-tone exposure, A coating film with a film thickness to form a cured film with a film thickness of about 3.5 μm was obtained. Next, using an exposure apparatus (manufactured by Canon, MPA600FA), the coating film was subjected to open frame exposure through a halftone mask at an exposure dose of 40 mJ/cm 2 . After the exposure, an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide having a concentration of 0.5% by mass was used as a developing solution, and immersion development was performed at 23° C. for 60 seconds. After the exposure, the developed coating film was post-baked at 100° C. for 100 minutes, further at 220° C. for 40 minutes, to obtain a patterned cured film.

於進行後烘烤時,使用觸針式表面形狀測定器(ULVAC製造,Dektak 3st)測定後烘烤前之塗膜之膜厚T1與後烘烤後之硬化膜之膜厚T2。由所測得之T1及T2,根據下述式: 殘膜率(%)=T2/T1×100 算出殘膜率(%)。使用所算出之殘膜率(%),依據以下基準,評價半色調曝光部於後烘烤時之殘膜之良否。 ○:殘膜率65%以上 ×:殘膜率未達65%When performing post-baking, the film thickness T1 of the coating film before post-baking and the film thickness T2 of the cured film after post-baking were measured using a stylus type surface shape measuring device (manufactured by ULVAC, Dektak 3st). From the measured T1 and T2, according to the following formula: Residual film rate (%)=T2/T1×100 Calculate the residual film rate (%). Using the calculated residual film rate (%), evaluate whether the residual film of the halftone exposed part is good or not during post-baking according to the following criteria. ○: The remaining film rate is above 65% ×: The remaining film rate is less than 65%

又,使用全色調光罩,除此以外,藉由與上述方法相同之方式獲得經圖案化之硬化膜。針對藉由使用全色調光罩之曝光所獲得之後烘烤後之經圖案化之硬化膜,使用觸針式表面形狀測定器(ULVAC製造,Dektak 3st)測定膜厚T3。 由T2之值與T3之值,算出全色調曝光時之圖案之高度與半色調曝光時之圖案之高度之差即ΔH(=T3-T2)。Moreover, the patterned cured film was obtained by the same method as the above-mentioned method except having used the full color mask. With respect to the patterned cured film after baking obtained by exposure using a panchromatic mask, the film thickness T3 was measured using a stylus surface shape measuring device (manufactured by ULVAC, Dektak 3st). From the value of T2 and T3, calculate the difference between the height of the pattern during full-tone exposure and the height of the pattern during half-tone exposure, which is ΔH (=T3-T2).

根據所求出之ΔH(Å)之值,依據以下基準,評價硬化膜於全色調曝光下與半色調曝光下之膜厚差。 ○:ΔH之值為7500 Å以上 △:ΔH之值為7000 Å以上且未達7500 Å ×:ΔH之值未達7000 ÅAccording to the obtained value of ΔH(Å), according to the following criteria, evaluate the thickness difference of the cured film under full-tone exposure and half-tone exposure. ○: ΔH value is 7500 Å or more △: ΔH value is 7000 Å or more but less than 7500 Å ×: ΔH value is less than 7000 Å

根據上述殘膜率與ΔH之值,依據以下基準,評價半色調特性。 ○:殘膜率65%以上、且ΔH之值為7500 Å以上 △:殘膜率65%以上、但ΔH之值為7000 Å以上且未達7500 Å ×:殘膜率未達65%、或殘膜率65%以上但ΔH之值未達7000 ÅBased on the above remaining film ratio and the value of ΔH, halftone characteristics were evaluated according to the following criteria. ○: Residual film rate of 65% or more, and ΔH value of 7500 Å or more △: Residual film rate of 65% or more, but ΔH value of 7000 Å or more and less than 7500 Å ×: Residual film rate of less than 65%, or The remaining film rate is above 65% but the value of ΔH is less than 7000 Å

針對使用實施例1之感光性組合物藉由全色調曝光所形成之厚度3.5 μm之硬化膜,測定於400 nm以上且650 nm以下之範圍之波長區域中之光線透過率之平均值,結果其值為95%。即,使用實施例1之感光性組合物所形成之硬化膜之透光性良好。For the cured film with a thickness of 3.5 μm formed by full-tone exposure using the photosensitive composition of Example 1, the average value of the light transmittance in the wavelength region in the range of 400 nm to 650 nm was measured, and the result was The value is 95%. That is, the light transmittance of the cured film formed using the photosensitive composition of Example 1 was favorable.

[表2]

Figure 107124456-A0304-0002
[Table 2]
Figure 107124456-A0304-0002

根據表2,可知只有包含2種於吸光光譜中在320 nm以上且未達400 nm之波長區域具有波峰之肟酯化合物作為光聚合起始劑(A),且光聚合起始劑(A)中不含有於400 nm以上之波長區域中之任一波長下顯示10以上之克吸光係數之化合物,有關2種肟酯化合物之波峰之極大波長各不相同的實施例1之感光性組合物表現出良好之半色調特性。According to Table 2, it can be seen that only two kinds of oxime ester compounds having peaks in the wavelength region above 320 nm and less than 400 nm in the absorption spectrum are used as the photopolymerization initiator (A), and the photopolymerization initiator (A) The performance of the photosensitive composition of Example 1 in which the maximum wavelengths of the peaks of the two oxime ester compounds are different does not contain a compound showing a gram light absorption coefficient of 10 or more at any wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm or more. Good halftone characteristics.

[實施例2、及比較例5] 將光聚合起始劑(A)5質量份、光聚合性化合物(B1)10質量份、樹脂(B2)32質量份、碳黑8質量份、苝顏料34質量份、及分散劑6質量份以固形物成分濃度為25質量%之方式溶解於有機溶劑中,使之分散,而製備感光性組合物。[Example 2 and Comparative Example 5] 5 parts by mass of photopolymerization initiator (A), 10 parts by mass of photopolymerizable compound (B1), 32 parts by mass of resin (B2), 8 parts by mass of carbon black, perylene pigment 34 mass parts and 6 mass parts of dispersing agents were dissolved in the organic solvent so that the solid content concentration might be 25 mass %, and it was made to disperse|distribute, and the photosensitive composition was prepared.

作為光聚合起始劑(A),使用上述PI-1及PI-2。光聚合起始劑之種類及量如表3之記載。作為光聚合性化合物(B1),使用四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯3質量份與二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯7質量份。As the photopolymerization initiator (A), the above-mentioned PI-1 and PI-2 were used. The type and amount of the photopolymerization initiator are as described in Table 3. As the photopolymerizable compound (B1), 3 parts by mass of tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate and 7 parts by mass of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate were used.

作為樹脂(B2),使用藉由以下方法合成之Cardo樹脂。 首先,於500 mL四口燒瓶中添加雙酚茀型環氧樹脂(環氧當量235)235 g、四甲基氯化銨110 mg、2,6-二-第三丁基-4-甲基苯酚100 mg、及丙烯酸72.0 g,一面向其中以25 mL/min之速度吹送空氣一面於90~100℃下進行加熱溶解。繼而,保持溶液白濁之狀態緩慢升溫,加熱至120℃使之完全溶解。此時,溶液逐漸變得透明黏稠,於該狀態下繼續攪拌。於此期間測定酸值,持續加熱攪拌直至酸值變得未達1.0 mgKOH/g。酸值達到目標值需要12小時。進而,冷卻至室溫,而獲得無色透明之固體狀之下述式所表示之雙酚茀型環氧丙烯酸酯。As the resin (B2), Cardo resin synthesized by the following method was used. First, in a 500 mL four-neck flask, 235 g of bisphenol-based epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent weight 235), 110 mg of tetramethylammonium chloride, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methyl 100 mg of phenol and 72.0 g of acrylic acid were dissolved by heating at 90-100°C while blowing air at a rate of 25 mL/min. Then, keep the solution in a cloudy state and slowly heat up to 120°C to dissolve it completely. At this time, the solution gradually became transparent and viscous, and stirring was continued in this state. During this period, the acid value was measured, and heating and stirring were continued until the acid value became less than 1.0 mgKOH/g. It takes 12 hours for the acid value to reach the target value. Furthermore, it cooled to room temperature, and obtained the bisphenol fluorine-type epoxy acrylate represented by the following formula as a colorless transparent solid.

[化62]

Figure 02_image123
[chem 62]
Figure 02_image123

繼而,對如此獲得之上述雙酚茀型環氧丙烯酸酯307.0 g添加乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯600 g並使之溶解後,混合二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐80.5g及四乙基溴化銨1 g,緩慢升溫,於110~115℃下反應4小時。確認酸酐基消失後,混合1,2,3,6-四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐38.0 g,於90℃下反應6小時,而獲得Cardo樹脂。酸酐基之消失係藉由IR光譜進行確認。Next, after adding 600 g of 3-methoxybutyl acetate to 307.0 g of the above-mentioned bisphenol fluorine-type epoxy acrylate obtained in this way and dissolving it, 80.5 g of benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride and tetraethyl Add 1 g of ammonium bromide, raise the temperature slowly, and react at 110-115°C for 4 hours. After confirming the disappearance of the acid anhydride group, 38.0 g of 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride was mixed and reacted at 90° C. for 6 hours to obtain a Cardo resin. The disappearance of the acid anhydride group was confirmed by IR spectrum.

作為有機溶劑,使用乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯(MBA)與丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)之混合溶劑(混合比(質量比):MBA:PGMEA=5:95)。As an organic solvent, a mixed solvent (mixing ratio (mass ratio): MBA:PGMEA=5:95) of 3-methoxybutyl acetate (MBA) and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) was used.

使用所獲得之實施例2及比較例5之感光性組合物,依據下述方法,評價半色調特性與顯影後殘渣。將半色調特性之評價結果示於表3。Using the obtained photosensitive composition of Example 2 and Comparative Example 5, halftone characteristics and post-development residue were evaluated according to the following method. Table 3 shows the evaluation results of halftone characteristics.

<半色調特性評價> 使用旋轉器,於玻璃基板上塗佈各實施例及比較例中獲得之感光組合物後,將塗膜於100℃下乾燥120秒,於進行全色調曝光之情形時,獲得會形成膜厚約3.5 μm之硬化膜的膜厚之塗膜。 繼而,使用曝光裝置(TOPCON製造,TME150RTO),以50 mJ/cm2 之曝光量,對塗膜隔著半色調光罩進行開放框架式曝光。 曝光後,使用濃度0.05質量%之氫氧化鉀之水溶液作為顯影液,於25℃、60秒之條件下進行噴霧顯影。 將曝光後經顯影之塗膜於230℃下20分鐘之條件下進行後烘烤,而獲得經圖案化之硬化膜。<Evaluation of Halftone Characteristics> After coating the photosensitive composition obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples on a glass substrate using a spinner, the coating film was dried at 100° C. for 120 seconds. In the case of full-tone exposure, A coating film with a film thickness to form a cured film with a film thickness of about 3.5 μm was obtained. Next, using an exposure device (manufactured by TOPCON, TME150RTO), the coating film was subjected to open-frame exposure through a halftone mask at an exposure dose of 50 mJ/cm 2 . After the exposure, spray development was carried out at 25° C. for 60 seconds using an aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide with a concentration of 0.05% by mass as a developing solution. After exposure, the developed coating film was post-baked at 230° C. for 20 minutes to obtain a patterned cured film.

於進行後烘烤時,使用觸針式表面形狀測定器(ULVAC製造,Dektak 3st)測定後烘烤前之塗膜之膜厚T1與後烘烤後之硬化膜之膜厚T2。由所測得之T1及T2,根據下述式: 殘膜率(%)=T2/T1×100 算出殘膜率(%)。使用所算出之殘膜率(%),依據以下基準,評價半色調曝光部於後烘烤時之殘膜之良否。 ○:殘膜率80%以上 ×:殘膜率未達80%When performing post-baking, the film thickness T1 of the coating film before post-baking and the film thickness T2 of the cured film after post-baking were measured using a stylus type surface shape measuring device (manufactured by ULVAC, Dektak 3st). From the measured T1 and T2, according to the following formula: Residual film rate (%)=T2/T1×100 Calculate the residual film rate (%). Using the calculated residual film rate (%), evaluate whether the residual film of the halftone exposed part is good or not during post-baking according to the following criteria. ○: The remaining film rate is above 80% ×: The remaining film rate is less than 80%

又,使用全色調光罩,除此以外,藉由與上述方法相同之方式獲得經圖案化之硬化膜。針對藉由使用全色調光罩之曝光所獲得之後烘烤後之經圖案化之硬化膜,使用觸針式表面形狀測定器(ULVAC製造,Dektak 3st)測定膜厚T3。 由T2之值與T3之值,算出全色調曝光時之圖案之高度與半色調曝光時之圖案之高度之差即ΔH(=T3-T2)。Moreover, the patterned cured film was obtained by the same method as the above-mentioned method except having used the full color mask. With respect to the patterned cured film after baking obtained by exposure using a pantone mask, the film thickness T3 was measured using a stylus surface shape measuring device (manufactured by ULVAC, Dektak 3st). From the value of T2 and T3, calculate the difference between the height of the pattern during full-tone exposure and the height of the pattern during half-tone exposure, which is ΔH (=T3-T2).

根據所求出之ΔH(Å)之值,依據以下基準,評價硬化膜於全色調曝光下與半色調曝光下之膜厚差。 ○:ΔH之值為1000 Å以上 ×:ΔH之值未達1000 ÅAccording to the obtained value of ΔH(Å), according to the following criteria, evaluate the thickness difference of the cured film under full-tone exposure and half-tone exposure. ○: The value of ΔH is more than 1000 Å ×: The value of ΔH is less than 1000 Å

由上述殘膜率與ΔH之值,依據以下基準,評價半色調特性。 ○:殘膜率80%以上、且ΔH之值為1000 Å以上 ×:殘膜率未達80%、或殘膜率80%以上但ΔH之值未達1000 ÅFrom the value of the above remaining film ratio and ΔH, halftone characteristics were evaluated according to the following criteria. ○: The remaining film rate is above 80%, and the ΔH value is above 1000 Å ×: The remaining film rate is less than 80%, or the remaining film rate is above 80%, but the ΔH value is less than 1000 Å

針對使用實施例2之感光性組合物藉由全色調曝光所形成之厚度3.5 μm之硬化膜,利用顯微鏡觀察確認圖案中有無殘渣,結果未確認到殘渣。Regarding the cured film with a thickness of 3.5 μm formed by full-tone exposure using the photosensitive composition of Example 2, the presence or absence of residue in the pattern was confirmed by microscope observation, but no residue was confirmed.

[表3]

Figure 107124456-A0304-0003
[table 3]
Figure 107124456-A0304-0003

根據表3,可知關於包含著色劑(C)之感光性組合物,亦只有包含2種於吸光光譜中在320 nm以上且未達400 nm之波長區域具有波峰之肟酯化合物作為光聚合起始劑(A),且光聚合起始劑(A)中不含有於400 nm以上之波長區域中之任一波長下顯示10以上之克吸光係數之化合物,有關2種肟酯化合物之波峰之極大波長各不相同的實施例2之感光性組合物表現出良好之半色調特性。According to Table 3, it can be seen that for the photosensitive composition containing the colorant (C), only two oxime ester compounds having peaks in the wavelength region above 320 nm and below 400 nm in the absorption spectrum are used as photopolymerization initiators agent (A), and the photopolymerization initiator (A) does not contain a compound showing a gram light absorption coefficient of 10 or more at any wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm or more, the peaks of the two oxime ester compounds are extremely large The photosensitive composition of Example 2 with different wavelengths exhibited good halftone properties.

Claims (9)

一種感光性組合物,其係包含光聚合起始劑(A)者,且包含2種以上之於吸光光譜中在320nm以上且未達400nm之波長區域具有波峰之肟酯化合物,上述光聚合起始劑(A)不含有於400nm以上之波長區域中之任一波長下顯示10以上之克吸光係數之化合物,有關2種以上之上述肟酯化合物之上述波峰之極大波長各不相同,上述光聚合起始劑(A)包含以下述式(a1):
Figure 107124456-A0305-02-0132-1
(式(a1)中,R1為1價有機基,R2為可具有取代基之烴基、或可具有取代基之雜環基,R3為1價有機基,R4為1價有機基,R5及R6分別獨立為可具有取代基之苯環、或可具有取代基之萘環,m1、m2及m3分別為0或1)表示且滿足下述(1)~(3):(1)R1包含-OR7所表示之基,R7為鹵烷基(2)m2為1,R4包含-OR7所表示之基,R7為鹵烷基(3)R3為可具有取代基之支鏈狀烷基中之至少一個條件之肟酯化合物(A1)、與以下述式(a2):
Figure 107124456-A0305-02-0133-2
(式(a2)中,CR為下述式(a2a)或下述式(a2b):
Figure 107124456-A0305-02-0133-3
所表示之基,Ra1為氫原子、硝基或1價有機基,Ra2及Ra3分別為可具有取代基之鏈狀烷基、可具有取代基之鏈狀烷氧基、可具有取代基之環狀有機基、或氫原子,Ra2與Ra3亦可相互鍵結而形成環,Ra4為1價有機基,Ra5為氫原子、可具有取代基之碳原子數1以上且20以下之脂肪族烴基、或可具有取代基之芳基,n1為0以上且4以下之整數,n2為0或1)表示之肟酯化合物(A2)。
A photosensitive composition comprising a photopolymerization initiator (A) and two or more oxime ester compounds having a peak in the wavelength region of 320 nm or more and less than 400 nm in the light absorption spectrum, the photopolymerization initiator The initiator (A) does not contain a compound showing a gram light absorption coefficient of 10 or more at any wavelength in the wavelength region of 400 nm or more. The maximum wavelengths of the above-mentioned peaks of two or more kinds of the above-mentioned oxime ester compounds are different, and the above-mentioned light The polymerization initiator (A) comprises the following formula (a1):
Figure 107124456-A0305-02-0132-1
(In formula (a1), R 1 is a monovalent organic group, R 2 is a hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, or a heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, R 3 is a monovalent organic group, R 4 is a monovalent organic group , R 5 and R 6 are independently a benzene ring that may have a substituent, or a naphthalene ring that may have a substituent, and m1, m2 and m3 are 0 or 1 respectively) and satisfy the following (1)~(3): (1) R 1 contains the group represented by -OR 7 , R 7 is haloalkyl (2) m2 is 1, R 4 contains the group represented by -OR 7 , R 7 is haloalkyl (3) R 3 is The oxime ester compound (A1) of at least one condition among the branched alkyl groups that may have substituents, and the following formula (a2):
Figure 107124456-A0305-02-0133-2
(In the formula (a2), CR is the following formula (a2a) or the following formula (a2b):
Figure 107124456-A0305-02-0133-3
In the group represented, R a1 is a hydrogen atom, a nitro group or a monovalent organic group, R a2 and R a3 are respectively a chain-like alkyl group that may have a substituent, a chain-like alkoxy group that may have a substituent, and a chain-like alkoxy group that may have a substituent A cyclic organic group or a hydrogen atom, R a2 and R a3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, R a4 is a monovalent organic group, R a5 is a hydrogen atom, and the number of carbon atoms that may have substituents is 1 or more and An oxime ester compound (A2) represented by an aliphatic hydrocarbon group of 20 or less, or an aryl group which may have a substituent, n1 is an integer of 0 to 4, and n2 is 0 or 1).
如請求項1之感光性組合物,其中於將有關2種以上之上述肟酯化合物之上述波峰之極大波長中之最長波長側之極大波長設為λmax-r、最短波長側之極大波長設為λmax-b之情形時,上述λmax-r與上述λmax-b之差為20nm以上。 The photosensitive composition according to claim 1, wherein the maximum wavelength on the longest wavelength side among the maximum wavelengths of the above-mentioned peaks of the above-mentioned two or more oxime ester compounds is set to λ max-r , and the maximum wavelength on the shortest wavelength side is set to In the case of λ max -b, the difference between the above λ max-r and the above λ max-b is 20 nm or more. 如請求項1之感光性組合物,其中於上述式(a2)中,上述CR為上述式(a2a)所表示之基。 The photosensitive composition according to claim 1, wherein in the above-mentioned formula (a2), the above-mentioned CR is a group represented by the above-mentioned formula (a2a). 如請求項1或2之感光性組合物,其包含聚合性基材成分(B),聚合性 基材成分(B)包含光聚合性化合物(B1)、或包含光聚合性化合物(B1)與樹脂(B2)。 The photosensitive composition according to claim 1 or 2, which comprises a polymerizable substrate component (B), polymerizable The base material component (B) contains a photopolymerizable compound (B1), or contains a photopolymerizable compound (B1) and a resin (B2). 一種硬化物形成方法,其包括:使用如請求項1至4中任一項之感光性組合物形成塗膜;及對上述塗膜進行曝光。 A method for forming a cured product, comprising: forming a coating film using the photosensitive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4; and exposing the coating film. 如請求項5之硬化物形成方法,其中位置選擇性地對上述塗膜進行曝光,且包括對曝光後之塗膜進行顯影。 The method for forming a cured product according to claim 5, wherein position-selectively exposing the above-mentioned coating film includes developing the exposed coating film. 一種硬化物,其係如請求項1至4中任一項之感光性組合物之硬化物。 A cured product, which is a cured product of the photosensitive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4. 一種感光性接著劑,其包含如請求項1至4中任一項之感光性組合物之硬化物。 A photosensitive adhesive comprising a cured product of the photosensitive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4. 一種被接著面之接著方法,其包括:於對向之被接著面之一面或兩面形成包含如請求項8之感光性接著劑之接著劑層;及藉由曝光使上述接著劑層硬化。 A method for bonding a surface to be bonded, comprising: forming an adhesive layer comprising the photosensitive adhesive according to claim 8 on one or both sides of the facing surface to be bonded; and hardening the adhesive layer by exposure.
TW107124456A 2017-07-21 2018-07-16 Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method, cured product, and display device TWI784029B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017142263A JP7051321B2 (en) 2017-07-21 2017-07-21 Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method, cured product, and display device
JP2017-142263 2017-07-21

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201908347A TW201908347A (en) 2019-03-01
TWI784029B true TWI784029B (en) 2022-11-21

Family

ID=65183026

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW107124456A TWI784029B (en) 2017-07-21 2018-07-16 Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method, cured product, and display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7051321B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102568122B1 (en)
CN (1) CN109283792B (en)
TW (1) TWI784029B (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201612638A (en) * 2014-08-12 2016-04-01 Dnp Fine Chemicals Co Ltd Color resin composition for color filters, color filter, and display device
TW201907238A (en) * 2017-07-04 2019-02-16 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Device manufacturing method

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4546367B2 (en) * 2005-09-12 2010-09-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern forming material, pattern forming apparatus and pattern forming method
US9316906B2 (en) * 2012-05-03 2016-04-19 Korea Research Institute Of Chemical Technology Fluorene oxime ester compound, photopolymerization initiator and photoresist composition containing the same
JP2014134763A (en) * 2012-12-11 2014-07-24 Jsr Corp Radiation-sensitive resin composition, cured film for display element, method for forming cured film for display element, and display element
JP6408715B2 (en) * 2015-02-06 2018-10-17 コリア リサーチ インスティテュート オブ ケミカル テクノロジー Novel oxime ester derivative compound, photopolymerization initiator containing the same, and photoresist composition
JP7131907B2 (en) * 2015-03-11 2022-09-06 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, cured product, colored spacer, image display device
JP6195590B2 (en) 2015-05-25 2017-09-13 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method, cured film, insulating film, and display device
JP6088105B1 (en) * 2015-08-27 2017-03-01 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method, cured product, and display device
CN106569389B (en) * 2015-10-12 2021-07-16 东友精细化工有限公司 Self-luminous photosensitive resin composition, color filter and display device including the same
TW201728694A (en) * 2015-11-17 2017-08-16 Fujifilm Corp Curable composition, optical filter, color filter, pattern formation method, solid-state image sensor, and image display device
TWI761230B (en) * 2015-12-08 2022-04-11 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Radiation-sensitive resin composition, cured film, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
KR102031215B1 (en) * 2016-01-14 2019-10-11 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition, photocurable pattern formed from the same and image display comprising the pattern

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201612638A (en) * 2014-08-12 2016-04-01 Dnp Fine Chemicals Co Ltd Color resin composition for color filters, color filter, and display device
TW201907238A (en) * 2017-07-04 2019-02-16 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Device manufacturing method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201908347A (en) 2019-03-01
JP2019023671A (en) 2019-02-14
JP7051321B2 (en) 2022-04-11
KR102568122B1 (en) 2023-08-18
TW202309108A (en) 2023-03-01
CN109283792B (en) 2024-03-22
CN109283792A (en) 2019-01-29
KR20190010461A (en) 2019-01-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI803515B (en) Photosensitive composition, method for forming cured product, cured product, panel for image display device, and image display device
TWI731989B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, bank for partitioning light emitting layer of organic el element, substrate for organic el element, organic el element, manufacturing method of cured film, manufacturing method of bank, and manufacturing method of organic el element
TWI703405B (en) Photosensitive composition, method for forming pattern, cured product, and display device
JP6374595B1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, display device, and pattern forming method
TWI773642B (en) Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method, cured film, insulating film, and display device
TW201643211A (en) Photosensitive resin compositon, pattern forming method, cured film, insulating film, color filter, and display device
TW201826027A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter and manufacturing method of cured film
TW201706350A (en) Colored photosensitive composition to provide a colored photosensitive composition capable of forming a colored film, a color filter formed using the colored photosensitive composition, and a display device having the color filter
TWI738910B (en) Resin composition, black matrix, display device, and manufacturing method of black matrix
CN109471330B (en) Photosensitive composition and photopolymerization initiator used therein
CN107272335B (en) Photosensitive resin composition
TWI784029B (en) Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method, cured product, and display device
TW201905593A (en) Resin composition, cured film, color filter, and method for producing cured film
JP2018185512A (en) Photosensitive resin composition for forming black column spacer, black column spacer, display device and method for forming black column spacer
TWI838923B (en) Use of photosensitive composition, method for forming cured product, cured product, photosensitive adhesive, and method for bonding surface
JP7249119B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing patterned cured film, and cured film
TWI804526B (en) Photosensitive composition, cured product, method for forming cured product, color filter, and image display device
JP6825870B2 (en) A method for producing a photosensitive resin composition, a cured film, a color filter, and a cured film.
JP6470615B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, color filter, and display device
JP7263153B2 (en) Photosensitive composition, cured product, black matrix, black bank, color filter, image display device, and method for producing patterned cured film